6.1.2 NG-RAN Only Cell Selection
38.523-13GPP5GSPart 1: ProtocolRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification
6.1.2.1 Cell selection / Qrxlevmin & Cell reselection (Intra NR)
6.1.2.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils all requirements for a suitable cell except the cell selection criteria which are not fulfilled (Srxlev<0) }
then { the UE does not consider the cell suitable and no camping on this cell can take place }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils all requirements for a suitable cell including the cell selection criteria for a cell which are also fulfilled (Srxlev>0) }
then { the UE considers the cell suitable and camps on it }
}
(3)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell ranked as the best cell }
then { UE reselects the new cell }
}
(4)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils cell selection criteria but trackingAreaCode is not provided for that PLMN }
then { the UE considers the cell as barred and no camping on this cell can take place }
}
6.1.2.1.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.300 clauses 9.2.1.1, 3GPP TS 38.304 clause 4.1, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.2.3.1, 5.2.3.2 , 5.2.4.6 and 5.3.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.300, clause 9.2.1.1]
The principles of PLMN selection in NR are based on the 3GPP PLMN selection principles. Cell selection is required on transition from RM-DEREGISTERED to RM-REGISTERED, from CM-IDLE to CM-CONNECTED and from CM-CONNECTED to CM-IDLE and is based on the following principles:
– The UE NAS layer identifies a selected PLMN and equivalent PLMNs;
– Cell selection is always based on CD-SSBs located on the synchronization raster (see subclause 5.2.4):
– The UE searches the NR frequency bands and for each carrier frequency identifies the strongest cell as per the CD-SSB. It then reads cell system information broadcast to identify its PLMN(s):
– The UE may search each carrier in turn ("initial cell selection") or make use of stored information to shorten the search ("stored information cell selection").
– The UE seeks to identify a suitable cell; if it is not able to identify a suitable cell it seeks to identify an acceptable cell. When a suitable cell is found or if only an acceptable cell is found it camps on that cell and commence the cell reselection procedure:
– A suitable cell is one for which the measured cell attributes satisfy the cell selection criteria; the cell PLMN is the selected PLMN, registered or an equivalent PLMN; the cell is not barred or reserved and the cell is not part of a tracking area which is in the list of "forbidden tracking areas for roaming";
– An acceptable cell is one for which the measured cell attributes satisfy the cell selection criteria and the cell is not barred.
Transition to RRC_IDLE:
On transition from RRC_CONNECTED to RRC_IDLE, a UE should camp on the last cell for which it was in RRC_CONNECTED or a cell/any cell of set of cells or frequency be assigned by RRC in the state transition message.
Recovery from out of coverage:
The UE should attempt to find a suitable cell in the manner described for stored information or initial cell selection above. If no suitable cell is found on any frequency or RAT, the UE should attempt to find an acceptable cell.
In multi-beam operations, the cell quality is derived amongst the beams corresponding to the same cell (see subclause 9.2.4).
[TS 38.304, clause 4.1]
The RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state tasks can be subdivided into three processes:
– PLMN selection;
– Cell selection and reselection;
– Location registration and RNA update.
PLMN selection, cell reselection procedures, and location registration are common for both RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state. RNA update is only applicable for RRC_INACTIVE state. When UE selects a new PLMN, UE transitions from RRC_INACTIVE to RRC_IDLE.
When a UE is switched on, a public land mobile network (PLMN) is selected by NAS. For the selected PLMN, associated RAT(s) may be set 3GPP TS 23.122 [9]. The NAS shall provide a list of equivalent PLMNs, if available, that the AS shall use for cell selection and cell reselection.
With cell selection, the UE searches for a suitable cell of the selected PLMN, chooses that cell to provide available services, and monitors its control channel. This procedure is defined as "camping on the cell".
The UE shall, if necessary, then register its presence, by means of a NAS registration procedure, in the tracking area of the chosen cell. As an outcome of a successful Location Registration, the selected PLMN then becomes the registered PLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9].
If the UE finds a more suitable cell, according to the cell reselection criteria, it reselects onto that cell and camps on it. If the new cell does not belong to at least one tracking area to which the UE is registered, location registration is performed. In RRC_INACTIVE state, if the new cell does not belong to the configured RNA, an RNA update procedure is performed.
If necessary, the UE shall search for higher priority PLMNs at regular time intervals as described in 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] and search for a suitable cell if another PLMN has been selected by NAS.
If the UE loses coverage of the registered PLMN, either a new PLMN is selected automatically (automatic mode), or an indication of available PLMNs is given to the user so that a manual selection can be performed (manual mode).
Registration is not performed by UEs only capable of services that need no registration.
The purpose of camping on a cell in RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state is fourfold:
a) It enables the UE to receive system information from the PLMN.
b) When registered and if the UE wishes to establish an RRC connection or resume a suspended RRC connection, it can do this by initially accessing the network on the control channel of the cell on which it is camped.
c) If the network needs to send a message or deliver data to the registered UE, it knows (in most cases) the set of tracking areas (in RRC_IDLE state) or RNA (in RRC_INACTIVE state) in which the UE is camped. It can then send a "paging" message for the UE on the control channels of all the cells in the corresponding set of areas. The UE will then receive the paging message and can respond.
d) It enables the UE to receive ETWS and CMAS notifications.
[TS 38.304, clause 4.5]
The cells are categorised according to which services they offer:
acceptable cell:
An "acceptable cell" is a cell on which the UE may camp to obtain limited service (originate emergency calls and receive ETWS and CMAS notifications). Such a cell shall fulfil the following requirements, which is the minimum set of requirements to initiate an emergency call and to receive ETWS and CMAS notification in an NR network:
– The cell is not barred, see subclause 5.3.1;
– The cell selection criteria are fulfilled, see subclause 5.2.3.2.
suitable cell:
A cell is considered as suitable if the following conditions are fulfilled:
– The cell is part of either the selected PLMN or the registered PLMN or PLMN of the Equivalent PLMN list and trackingAreaCode is provided for that PLMN;
– The cell selection criteria are fulfilled, see subclause 5.2.3.2.
According to the latest information provided by NAS:
– The cell is not barred, see subclause 5.3.1;
– The cell is part of at least one TA that is not part of the list of "Forbidden Tracking Areas" (TS 22.261 [12]), which belongs to a PLMN that fulfils the first bullet above.
barred cell:
A cell is barred if it is so indicated in the system information, as specified in TS 38.331 [3].
reserved cell:
A cell is reserved if it is so indicated in system information, as specified in TS 38.331 [3].
Following exception to these definitions are applicable for UEs:
– if a UE has an ongoing emergency call, all acceptable cells of that PLMN are treated as suitable for the duration of the emergency call.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.1]
UE shall perform measurements for cell selection and reselection purposes as specified in TS 38.133 [8].
The NAS can control the RAT(s) in which the cell selection should be performed, for instance by indicating RAT(s) associated with the selected PLMN, and by maintaining a list of forbidden registration area(s) and a list of equivalent PLMNs. The UE shall select a suitable cell based on RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state measurements and cell selection criteria.
In order to expedite the cell selection process, stored information for several RATs, if available, may be used by the UE.
When camped on a cell, the UE shall regularly search for a better cell according to the cell reselection criteria. If a better cell is found, that cell is selected. The change of cell may imply a change of RAT. Details on performance requirements for cell reselection can be found in TS 38.133 [8].
The NAS is informed if the cell selection and reselection result in changes in the received system information relevant for NAS.
For normal service, the UE shall camp on a suitable cell, monitor control channel(s) of that cell so that the UE can:
– receive system information from the PLMN; and
– receive registration area information from the PLMN, e.g., tracking area information; and
– receive other AS and NAS Information; and
– if registered:
– receive paging and notification messages from the PLMN; and
– initiate transfer to Connected mode.
For cell selection in multi-beam operations, measurement quantity of a cell is up to UE implementation.
For cell reselection in multi-beam operations, using a maximum number (nrofSS-BlocksToAverage) of beams to be considered and a threshold (absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) which are configured for a cell, the measurement quantity of this cell is derived amongst the beams corresponding to the same cell based on SS/PBCH block as follows:
– if the highest beam measurement quantity value is below the threshold:
– derive a cell measurement quantity as the highest beam measurement quantity value, where each beam measurement quantity is described in TS 38.215 [11].
– else:
– derive a cell measurement quantity as the linear average of the power values of up to the maximum number of highest beam measurement quantity values above the threshold.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.3.1]
Cell selection is performed by one of the following two procedures:
a) Initial cell selection (no prior knowledge of which RF channels are NR frequencies):
1. The UE shall scan all RF channels in the NR bands according to its capabilities to find a suitable cell.
2. On each frequency, the UE need only search for the strongest cell.
3. Once a suitable cell is found, this cell shall be selected.
b) Cell selection by leveraging stored information:
1. This procedure requires stored information of frequencies and optionally also information on cell parameters from previously received measurement control information elements or from previously detected cells.
2. Once the UE has found a suitable cell, the UE shall select it.
3. If no suitable cell is found, the initial cell selection procedure in a) shall be started.
NOTE: Priorities between different frequencies or RATs provided to the UE by system information or dedicated signalling are not used in the cell selection process.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.3.2]
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
Srxlev > 0 AND Squal > 0
where:Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset )– Pcompensation – Qoffsettemp
Squal = Qqualmeas – (Qqualmin + Qqualminoffset) – Qoffsettemp
where:
|
Srxlev |
Cell selection RX level value (dB) |
|
Squal |
Cell selection quality value (dB) |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3] (dB) |
|
Qrxlevmeas |
Measured cell RX level value (RSRP) |
|
Qqualmeas |
Measured cell quality value (RSRQ) |
|
Qrxlevmin |
Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm). If the UE supports SUL frequency for this cell, Qrxlevmin is obtained from RxLevMinSUL, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell; else Qrxlevmin is obtained from q-RxLevMin in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if Qrxlevminoffsetcell is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qqualmin |
Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB). Additionally, if Qqualminoffsetcell is signalled for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to achieve the required minimum quality level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Qqualminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qqualmin taken into account in the Squal evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Pcompensation |
If the UE supports the additionalPmax in the NS-PmaxList, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) – (min(PEMAX2, PPowerClass) – min(PEMAX1, PPowerClass)) (dB); else: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) (dB) |
|
PEMAX1, PEMAX2 |
Maximum TX power level of a UE may use when transmitting on the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX in TS 38.101 [15]. PEMAX1 and PEMAX2 are obtained from the p-Max and NS-PmaxList respectively in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4 as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
|
PPowerClass |
Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the UE power class as defined in TS 38.101 [15] |
The signalled values Qrxlevminoffset and Qqualminoffset are only applied when a cell is evaluated for cell selection as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN (3GPP TS 23.122 [9]). During this periodic search for higher priority PLMN, the UE may check the S criteria of a cell using parameter values stored from a different cell of this higher priority PLMN.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp
Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1]
Cell status and cell reservations are indicated in the MIB or SIB1 message as specified in TS 38.331 [3] by means of three fields:
– cellBarred (IE type: "barred" or "not barred")
Indicated in MIB message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs
– cellReservedForOperatorUse (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is specified per PLMN.
– cellReservedForOtherUse (IE type: "true")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs.
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "not reserved" for operator use and not "true" for other use,
– All UEs shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and cell reselection procedures.
When cell status is indicated as "true" for other use,
– The UE shall treat this cell as if cell status is "barred".
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "reserved" for operator use for any PLMN and not "true" for other use,
– UEs assigned to Access Identity 11 or 15 operating in their HPLMN/EHPLMN shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and reselection procedures if the field cellReservedForOperatorUse for that PLMN set to "reserved".
– UEs assigned to an Access Identity 0, 1, 2 and 12 to 14 shall behave as if the cell status is "barred" in case the cell is "reserved for operator use" for the registered PLMN or the selected PLMN.
NOTE 1: Access Identities 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN; Access Identities 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country as specified in TS 22.261 [12].
When cell status "barred" is indicated or to be treated as if the cell status is "barred",
– The UE is not permitted to select/reselect this cell, not even for emergency calls.
– The UE shall select another cell according to the following rule:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the MIB:
– the UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if the selection criteria are fulfilled.
– else:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the SIB1 or due to trackingAreaCode being absent in SIB1 as specified in TS 38.331 [3]:
– The UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "allowed", the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if re-selection criteria are fulfilled;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "not allowed" the UE shall not re-select a cell on the same frequency as the barred cell;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell and the cells on the same frequency as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
The cell selection of another cell may also include a change of RAT.
6.1.2.1.3 Test description
6.1.2.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11.
– System information combination NR-2 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR cells.
UE:
– None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state Switched OFF (state 0-A) according to TS 38.508-1 [4].
6.1.2.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.1.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Configurations marked "T1", "T2", "T3" and "T4" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.1.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-98 |
Off |
The power level value is such to satisfy SrxlevNRCell1 < 0 but the UE is able to read the PLMN identity |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-90 |
– |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-80 |
Off |
The power level is such that SrxlevNRCell1 > 0 |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-90 |
– |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-87 |
-78 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 11. |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-90 |
-90 |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-78 |
-85 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 > RNRCell 11. |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-90 |
-90 |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Note: The downlink signal level uncertainty is specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.2.1. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.1.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-100 |
Off |
The power level value is such to satisfy SrxlevNRCell1 < 0 but the UE is able to read the PLMN identity |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-91+Delta(NRf1) |
– |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
Off |
The power level is such that SrxlevNRCell1 > 0 |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-91+Delta(NRf1) |
– |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 11. |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-100+Delta(NRf1) |
-100+Delta(NRf1) |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
-91 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 > RNRCell 11. |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-100+Delta(NRf1) |
-100+Delta(NRf1) |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
0 |
Table 6.1.2.1.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.1.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
The UE is switched on. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 1 within the next 60 s? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
F |
|
4 |
SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 level according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.1.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 1? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
P |
|
6-23 |
Steps 3 to 20a1 of the registration procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.5.2.2-2 are performed on NR Cell 1. NOTE: The UE performs registration and the RRC connection is released. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
– |
EXCEPTION: Step 23Aa1 should be executed in case of FR2 |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
23Aa1 |
SS change NR Cell 1 SIB1 with modification of Qrxlevmin. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
24 |
The SS changes SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 11 according to the row "T3" in table 6.1.2.1.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
25-31 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.5 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 11? NOTE 1: The UE performs registration and the RRC connection is released. |
– |
– |
3 |
– |
|
– |
EXCEPTION: Steps 32-34 are not applicable when pc_SNPN_only is set to TRUE. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
32 |
SS change NR Cell 1 SIB1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
32A |
Wait for 2.1* modification period second for the SS to transmit modified system information (Note 1) |
||||
|
33 |
The SS changes SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 and 11 according to the row "T4" in table 6.1.2.1.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
34 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 1 within the next 60 s? |
– |
– |
4 |
F |
|
Note 1: The modification period, expressed in number of radio frames = modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. |
|||||
6.1.2.1.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.1.3.3-1: SIB1 for NR Cell 1 (preamble)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
q-RxLevMin |
-45 |
-90 dBm |
FR1 |
|
|
q-RxLevMin |
ROUND((-91+Delta(NRf1))/2) |
FR2 |
||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.1.3.3-1A: SIB1 for NR Cell 1 (Step 23Aa1, Table 6.1.2.1.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
q-RxLevMin |
ROUND([-100+Delta(NRf1)]/2) |
FR2 |
||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.1.3.3-2: SIB1 for NR Cell 1 (Step 32, Table 6.1.2.1.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
q-RxLevMin |
-45 |
-90 dBm |
FR1 |
|
|
q-RxLevMin |
ROUND((-100+Delta(NRf1))/2) |
-100+Delta(NRf1) dBm |
FR2 |
|
|
} |
||||
|
cellAccessRelatedInfo |
CellAccessRelatedInfo |
|||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.1.3.3-3: CellAccessRelatedInfo (Table 6.1.2.1.3.3-2)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-16 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CellAccessRelatedInfo ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
plmn-IdentityList |
PLMN-IdentityInfoList |
||
|
cellReservedForOtherUse |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.1.3.3-4: PLMN-IdentityInfoList (Table 6.1.2.1.3.3-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-108 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PLMN-IdentityInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
PLMN-IdentityInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
trackingAreaCode |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.2 Cell selection / Qqualmin / Intra NR / Serving cell becomes non-suitable (Srxlev > 0, Squal < 0)
6.1.2.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils all requirements for a suitable cell except the cell selection criteria which are not fulfilled (Srxlev>0 AND Squal<0) }
then { the UE does not consider the cell suitable and no camping on this cell can take place }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils all requirements for a suitable cell including the cell selection criteria for a cell which are also fulfilled (Srxlev>0 AND Squal>0) }
then { the UE considers the cell suitable and camps on it }
}
(3)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable (Srxlev > 0 and Squal < 0)and there is a suitable neighbour cell (Srxlev > 0 and Squal > 0) }
then { UE selects the suitable neighbour cell }
}
6.1.2.2.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.300 clauses 9.2.1.1, 3GPP TS 38.304 clause 4.1, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.2.3.1, 5.2.3.2, 5.2.4.6 and 5.3.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.300, clause 9.2.1.1]
The principles of PLMN selection in NR are based on the 3GPP PLMN selection principles. Cell selection is required on transition from RM-DEREGISTERED to RM-REGISTERED, from CM-IDLE to CM-CONNECTED and from CM-CONNECTED to CM-IDLE and is based on the following principles:
– The UE NAS layer identifies a selected PLMN and equivalent PLMNs;
– Cell selection is always based on CD-SSBs located on the synchronization raster (see subclause 5.2.4):
– The UE searches the NR frequency bands and for each carrier frequency identifies the strongest cell as per the CD-SSB. It then reads cell system information broadcast to identify its PLMN(s):
– The UE may search each carrier in turn ("initial cell selection") or make use of stored information to shorten the search ("stored information cell selection").
– The UE seeks to identify a suitable cell; if it is not able to identify a suitable cell it seeks to identify an acceptable cell. When a suitable cell is found or if only an acceptable cell is found it camps on that cell and commence the cell reselection procedure:
– A suitable cell is one for which the measured cell attributes satisfy the cell selection criteria; the cell PLMN is the selected PLMN, registered or an equivalent PLMN; the cell is not barred or reserved and the cell is not part of a tracking area which is in the list of "forbidden tracking areas for roaming";
– An acceptable cell is one for which the measured cell attributes satisfy the cell selection criteria and the cell is not barred.
Transition to RRC_IDLE:
On transition from RRC_CONNECTED to RRC_IDLE, a UE should camp on the last cell for which it was in RRC_CONNECTED or a cell/any cell of set of cells or frequency be assigned by RRC in the state transition message.
Recovery from out of coverage:
The UE should attempt to find a suitable cell in the manner described for stored information or initial cell selection above. If no suitable cell is found on any frequency or RAT, the UE should attempt to find an acceptable cell.
In multi-beam operations, the cell quality is derived amongst the beams corresponding to the same cell (see subclause 9.2.4).
[TS 38.304, clause 4.1]
The RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state tasks can be subdivided into three processes:
– PLMN selection;
– Cell selection and reselection;
– Location registration and RNA update.
PLMN selection, cell reselection procedures, and location registration are common for both RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state. RNA update is only applicable for RRC_INACTIVE state. When UE selects a new PLMN, UE transitions from RRC_INACTIVE to RRC_IDLE.
When a UE is switched on, a public land mobile network (PLMN) is selected by NAS. For the selected PLMN, associated RAT(s) may be set 3GPP TS 23.122 [9]. The NAS shall provide a list of equivalent PLMNs, if available, that the AS shall use for cell selection and cell reselection.
With cell selection, the UE searches for a suitable cell of the selected PLMN, chooses that cell to provide available services, and monitors its control channel. This procedure is defined as "camping on the cell".
The UE shall, if necessary, then register its presence, by means of a NAS registration procedure, in the tracking area of the chosen cell. As an outcome of a successful Location Registration, the selected PLMN then becomes the registered PLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9].
If the UE finds a more suitable cell, according to the cell reselection criteria, it reselects onto that cell and camps on it. If the new cell does not belong to at least one tracking area to which the UE is registered, location registration is performed. In RRC_INACTIVE state, if the new cell does not belong to the configured RNA, an RNA update procedure is performed.
If necessary, the UE shall search for higher priority PLMNs at regular time intervals as described in 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] and search for a suitable cell if another PLMN has been selected by NAS.
If the UE loses coverage of the registered PLMN, either a new PLMN is selected automatically (automatic mode), or an indication of available PLMNs is given to the user so that a manual selection can be performed (manual mode).
Registration is not performed by UEs only capable of services that need no registration.
The purpose of camping on a cell in RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state is fourfold:
a) It enables the UE to receive system information from the PLMN.
b) When registered and if the UE wishes to establish an RRC connection or resume a suspended RRC connection, it can do this by initially accessing the network on the control channel of the cell on which it is camped.
c) If the network needs to send a message or deliver data to the registered UE, it knows (in most cases) the set of tracking areas (in RRC_IDLE state) or RNA (in RRC_INACTIVE state) in which the UE is camped. It can then send a "paging" message for the UE on the control channels of all the cells in the corresponding set of areas. The UE will then receive the paging message and can respond.
d) It enables the UE to receive ETWS and CMAS notifications.
[TS 38.304, clause 4.5]
The cells are categorised according to which services they offer:
acceptable cell:
An "acceptable cell" is a cell on which the UE may camp to obtain limited service (originate emergency calls and receive ETWS and CMAS notifications). Such a cell shall fulfil the following requirements, which is the minimum set of requirements to initiate an emergency call and to receive ETWS and CMAS notification in an NR network:
– The cell is not barred, see subclause 5.3.1;
– The cell selection criteria are fulfilled, see subclause 5.2.3.2.
suitable cell:
A cell is considered as suitable if the following conditions are fulfilled:
– The cell is part of either:
– the selected PLMN, or:
– the registered PLMN, or:
– a PLMN of the Equivalent PLMN list.
– The cell selection criteria are fulfilled, see subclause 5.2.3.2;
According to the latest information provided by NAS:
– The cell is not barred, see subclause 5.3.1;
– The cell is part of at least one TA that is not part of the list of "Forbidden Tracking Areas" TS 22.261 [12], which belongs to a PLMN that fulfils the first bullet above.
barred cell:
A cell is barred if it is so indicated in the system information TS 38.331 [3].
reserved cell:
A cell is reserved if it is so indicated in system information TS 38.331 [3].
Following exception to these definitions are applicable for UEs:
– if a UE has an ongoing emergency call, all acceptable cells of that PLMN are treated as suitable for the duration of the emergency call.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.1]
UE shall perform measurements for cell selection and reselection purposes as specified in TS 38.133 [8].
The NAS can control the RAT(s) in which the cell selection should be performed, for instance by indicating RAT(s) associated with the selected PLMN, and by maintaining a list of forbidden registration area(s) and a list of equivalent PLMNs. The UE shall select a suitable cell based on RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state measurements and cell selection criteria.
In order to expedite the cell selection process, stored information for several RATs, if available, may be used by the UE.
When camped on a cell, the UE shall regularly search for a better cell according to the cell reselection criteria. If a better cell is found, that cell is selected. The change of cell may imply a change of RAT. Details on performance requirements for cell reselection can be found in TS 38.133 [8].
The NAS is informed if the cell selection and reselection result in changes in the received system information relevant for NAS.
For normal service, the UE shall camp on a suitable cell, monitor control channel(s) of that cell so that the UE can:
– receive system information from the PLMN; and
– receive registration area information from the PLMN, e.g., tracking area information; and
– receive other AS and NAS Information; and
– if registered:
– receive paging and notification messages from the PLMN; and
– initiate transfer to Connected mode.
For cell selection in multi-beam operations, measurement quantity of a cell is up to UE implementation.
For cell reselection in multi-beam operations, using a maximum number (nrofSS-BlocksToAverage) of beams to be considered and a threshold (absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) which are configured for a cell, the measurement quantity of this cell is derived amongst the beams corresponding to the same cell based on SS/PBCH block as follows:
– if the highest beam measurement quantity value is below the threshold:
– derive a cell measurement quantity as the highest beam measurement quantity value, where each beam measurement quantity is described in TS 38.215 [11].
– else:
– derive a cell measurement quantity as the linear average of the power values of up to the maximum number of highest beam measurement quantity values above the threshold.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.3.1]
Cell selection is performed by one of the following two procedures:
a) Initial cell selection (no prior knowledge of which RF channels are NR frequencies):
1. The UE shall scan all RF channels in the NR bands according to its capabilities to find a suitable cell.
2. On each frequency, the UE need only search for the strongest cell.
3. Once a suitable cell is found, this cell shall be selected.
b) Cell selection by leveraging stored information:
1. This procedure requires stored information of frequencies and optionally also information on cell parameters from previously received measurement control information elements or from previously detected cells.
2. Once the UE has found a suitable cell, the UE shall select it.
3. If no suitable cell is found, the initial cell selection procedure in a) shall be started.
NOTE: Priorities between different frequencies or RATs provided to the UE by system information or dedicated signalling are not used in the cell selection process.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.3.2]
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
Srxlev > 0 AND Squal > 0
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset )– Pcompensation – Qoffsettemp
where:
Squal = Qqualmeas – (Qqualmin + Qqualminoffset) – Qoffsettemp
where:
|
Srxlev |
Cell selection RX level value (dB) |
|
Squal |
Cell selection quality value (dB) |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3] (dB) |
|
Qrxlevmeas |
Measured cell RX level value (RSRP) |
|
Qqualmeas |
Measured cell quality value (RSRQ) |
|
Qrxlevmin |
Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm). If the UE supports SUL frequency for this cell, Qrxlevmin is obtained from RxLevMinSUL, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell; else Qrxlevmin is obtained from q-RxLevMin in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if Qrxlevminoffsetcell is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qqualmin |
Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB). Additionally, if Qqualminoffsetcell is signalled for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to achieve the required minimum quality level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Qqualminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qqualmin taken into account in the Squal evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Pcompensation |
If the UE supports the additionalPmax in the NS-PmaxList, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) – (min(PEMAX2, PPowerClass) – min(PEMAX1, PPowerClass)) (dB); else: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) (dB) |
|
PEMAX1, PEMAX2 |
Maximum TX power level of a UE may use when transmitting on the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX in TS 38.101 [15]. PEMAX1 and PEMAX2 are obtained from the p-Max and NS-PmaxList respectively in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4 as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
|
PPowerClass |
Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the UE power class as defined in TS 38.101 [15] |
The signalled values Qrxlevminoffset and Qqualminoffset are only applied when a cell is evaluated for cell selection as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN (3GPP TS 23.122 [9]). During this periodic search for higher priority PLMN, the UE may check the S criteria of a cell using parameter values stored from a different cell of this higher priority PLMN.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp
Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1]
Cell status and cell reservations are indicated in the MIB or SIB1 message TS 38.331 [3] by means of three fields:
– cellBarred (IE type: "barred" or "not barred")
Indicated in MIB message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs
– cellReservedForOperatorUse (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is specified per PLMN.
– cellReservedForOtherUse (IE type: "true")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs.
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "not reserved" for operator use and not "true" for other use,
– All UEs shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and cell reselection procedures.
When cell status is indicated as "true" for other use,
– The UE shall treat this cell as if cell status is "barred".
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "reserved" for operator use for any PLMN and not "true" for other use,
– UEs assigned to Access Identity 11 or 15 operating in their HPLMN/EHPLMN shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and reselection procedures if the field cellReservedForOperatorUse for that PLMN set to "reserved".
– UEs assigned to an Access Identity in the range of 0 to 10 and 12 to 14 shall behave as if the cell status is "barred" in case the cell is "reserved for operator use" for the registered PLMN or the selected PLMN.
NOTE 1: Access Identities 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN; Access Identities 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country as specified in 3GPP TS 22.261 [12].
When cell status "barred" is indicated or to be treated as if the cell status is "barred",
– The UE is not permitted to select/reselect this cell, not even for emergency calls.
– The UE shall select another cell according to the following rule:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the MIB or the SIB1:
– the UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if the selection criteria are fulfilled.
– else
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "allowed", the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if re-selection criteria are fulfilled;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "not allowed" the UE shall not re-select a cell on the same frequency as the barred cell;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell and the cells on the same frequency as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
The cell selection of another cell may also include a change of RAT.
6.1.2.2.3 Test description
6.1.2.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 have different tracking areas according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.2-3.
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 are configured to operate in FR1 bands as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3.
– System information combination NR-2 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2, and message contents defined in is used in NR cells.
UE:
– None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state Switched OFF (state 0-A) according to TS 38.508-1 [4].
6.1.2.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.2.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Configurations marked "T1" "T2" and "T3" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.2.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
Off |
The power level value is such to satisfy SrxlevNRCell1 > 0 and SqualNRCell1< 0 but the UE is able to read the PLMN identity |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-12.56 |
– |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
Noc is applied for NRf1 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
– |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-12 |
– |
||
|
Qqualminoffset |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
– |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-78 |
-115 |
The power level is such that SrxlevNRCell1 > 0 and SqualNRCell1 > 0 |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-10.89 |
-31.83 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
|||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
-110 |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-12 |
-12 |
||
|
Qqualminoffset |
dB |
0 |
-0 |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
-0 |
||
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-78 |
SrxlevNRCell1 > 0 and SqualNRCell1 < 0 |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-12.56 |
-10.89 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
|||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
-110 |
||
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-12 |
-12 |
||
|
Qqualminoffset |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Pcompensation |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Srxlev* |
dB |
19 |
32 |
NR Cell 11 is suitable cell |
|
|
Squal* |
dB |
-0.56 |
1.11 |
||
|
Note: The downlink signal level uncertainty is specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.2.1 |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.2.3.2-2: Void
Table 6.1.2.2.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.2.3.2-1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
The UE is switched on. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 1 within the next 60 s? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
F |
|
4 |
SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 level according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.2.3.2-1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 1? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
P |
|
6-23 |
Steps 3 to 20 of the registration procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.5.2.2-2 are performed on NR Cell 1. NOTE: The UE performs registration and the RRC connection is released. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
24 |
SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 according to row "T3" in table 6.1.2.2.3.2-1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
25 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 11? NOTE: The UE performs a registration for mobility procedure and the RRC connection is released. |
– |
– |
3 |
P |
6.1.2.2.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.2.3.3-1: SIB1 (NR Cell 1, Preamble and all steps of Table 6.1.2.2.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 with Condition QBASED |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
q-QualMin |
-12 |
FR1 |
||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.2.3.3-2: SIB2 (NR Cell 1, Preamble and all steps of Table 6.1.2.2.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 with Condition QBASED |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
q-QualMin |
-12 |
-12dB |
FR1 |
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.3 Cell selection / Intra NR / Serving cell becomes non-suitable (S<0, MIB Indicated barred)
6.1.2.3.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes non-suitable (S<0)and there is a suitable neighbour cell (S>0) }
then { UE selects the suitable neighbour cell }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { the serving cell becomes barred and there is a suitable neighbour cell }
then { UE selects the suitable neighbour cell }
}
6.1.2.3.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.304 clause 4.1, 5.2.3.2 and 5.3.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 4.1]
The RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state tasks can be subdivided into three processes:
– PLMN selection;
– Cell selection and reselection;
– Location registration and RNA update.
PLMN selection, cell reselection procedures, and location registration are common for both RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state. RNA update is only applicable for RRC_INACTIVE state. When UE selects a new PLMN, UE transitions from RRC_INACTIVE to RRC_IDLE.
When a UE is switched on, a public land mobile network (PLMN) is selected by NAS. For the selected PLMN, associated RAT(s) may be set 3GPP TS 23.122 [9]. The NAS shall provide a list of equivalent PLMNs, if available, that the AS shall use for cell selection and cell reselection.
With cell selection, the UE searches for a suitable cell of the selected PLMN, chooses that cell to provide available services, and monitors its control channel. This procedure is defined as "camping on the cell".
The UE shall, if necessary, then register its presence, by means of a NAS registration procedure, in the tracking area of the chosen cell. As an outcome of a successful Location Registration, the selected PLMN then becomes the registered PLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9].
If the UE finds a more suitable cell, according to the cell reselection criteria, it reselects onto that cell and camps on it. If the new cell does not belong to at least one tracking area to which the UE is registered, location registration is performed. In RRC_INACTIVE state, if the new cell does not belong to the configured RNA, an RNA update procedure is performed.
If necessary, the UE shall search for higher priority PLMNs at regular time intervals as described in 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] and search for a suitable cell if another PLMN has been selected by NAS.
If the UE loses coverage of the registered PLMN, either a new PLMN is selected automatically (automatic mode), or an indication of available PLMNs is given to the user so that a manual selection can be performed (manual mode).
Registration is not performed by UEs only capable of services that need no registration.
The purpose of camping on a cell in RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state is fourfold:
a) It enables the UE to receive system information from the PLMN.
b) When registered and if the UE wishes to establish an RRC connection or resume a suspended RRC connection, it can do this by initially accessing the network on the control channel of the cell on which it is camped.
c) If the network needs to send a message or deliver data to the registered UE, it knows (in most cases) the set of tracking areas (in RRC_IDLE state) or RNA (in RRC_INACTIVE state) in which the UE is camped. It can then send a "paging" message for the UE on the control channels of all the cells in the corresponding set of areas. The UE will then receive the paging message and can respond.
d) It enables the UE to receive ETWS and CMAS notifications.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.3.2]
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
Srxlev > 0 AND Squal > 0
where:
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset )– Pcompensation – Qoffsettemp
Squal = Qqualmeas – (Qqualmin + Qqualminoffset) – Qoffsettemp
where:
|
Srxlev |
Cell selection RX level value (dB) |
|
Squal |
Cell selection quality value (dB) |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3] (dB) |
|
Qrxlevmeas |
Measured cell RX level value (RSRP) |
|
Qqualmeas |
Measured cell quality value (RSRQ) |
|
Qrxlevmin |
Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm). If the UE supports SUL frequency for this cell, Qrxlevmin is obtained from RxLevMinSUL, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell; else Qrxlevmin is obtained from q-RxLevMin in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if Qrxlevminoffsetcell is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qqualmin |
Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB). Additionally, if Qqualminoffsetcell is signalled for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to achieve the required minimum quality level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Qqualminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qqualmin taken into account in the Squal evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN 3GPP TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Pcompensation |
If the UE supports the additionalPmax in the NS-PmaxList, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) – (min(PEMAX2, PPowerClass) – min(PEMAX1, PPowerClass)) (dB); else: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) (dB) |
|
PEMAX1, PEMAX2 |
Maximum TX power level of a UE may use when transmitting on the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX in TS 38.101 [15]. PEMAX1 and PEMAX2 are obtained from the p-Max and NS-PmaxList respectively in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4 as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
|
PPowerClass |
Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the UE power class as defined in TS 38.101 [15] |
The signalled values Qrxlevminoffset and Qqualminoffset are only applied when a cell is evaluated for cell selection as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN (3GPP TS 23.122 [9]). During this periodic search for higher priority PLMN, the UE may check the S criteria of a cell using parameter values stored from a different cell of this higher priority PLMN.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1]
Cell status and cell reservations are indicated in the MIB or SIB1 message TS 38.331 [3] by means of three fields:
– cellBarred (IE type: "barred" or "not barred")
Indicated in MIB message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs
– cellReservedForOperatorUse (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is specified per PLMN.
– cellReservedForOtherUse (IE type: "true")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs.
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "not reserved" for operator use and not "true" for other use,
– All UEs shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and cell reselection procedures.
When cell status is indicated as "true" for other use,
– The UE shall treat this cell as if cell status is "barred".
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "reserved" for operator use for any PLMN and not "true" for other use,
– UEs assigned to Access Identity 11 or 15 operating in their HPLMN/EHPLMN shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and reselection procedures if the field cellReservedForOperatorUse for that PLMN set to "reserved".
– UEs assigned to an Access Identity in the range of 0 to 10 and 12 to 14 shall behave as if the cell status is "barred" in case the cell is "reserved for operator use" for the registered PLMN or the selected PLMN.
NOTE 1: Access Identities 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN; Access Identities 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country as specified in 3GPP TS 22.261 [12].
When cell status "barred" is indicated or to be treated as if the cell status is "barred",
– The UE is not permitted to select/reselect this cell, not even for emergency calls.
– The UE shall select another cell according to the following rule:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the MIB or the SIB1:
– the UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if the selection criteria are fulfilled.
– else
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "allowed", the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if re-selection criteria are fulfilled;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "not allowed" the UE shall not re-select a cell on the same frequency as the barred cell;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell and the cells on the same frequency as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
The cell selection of another cell may also include a change of RAT.
6.1.2.3.3 Test description
6.1.2.3.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 have different tracking areas according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.2-3.
– System information combination NR-2 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to 38.508-1 [4].
6.1.2.3.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.3.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration T0 indicates the initial conditions for preamble. Configurations marked "T1"and "T2"are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.3.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.3.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
"Off" |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
– |
||
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
"Off" |
-88 |
SrxlevNRCell 1 < 0 (NOTE 1) |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
– |
-110 |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-88 |
SrxlevNRCell 11 > 0, SrxlevNRCell 1 > 0 |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
-110 |
||
|
cellBarred |
– |
notBarred |
barred |
Serving cell becomes barred |
|
|
NOTE 1: Power level “Off” is defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.3.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
"Off" |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
FFS |
– |
||
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
"Off" |
FFS |
SrxlevNRCell 1 < 0 (NOTE 1) |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
– |
FFS |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
SrxlevNRCell 11 > 0, SrxlevNRCell 1 > 0 |
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
cellBarred |
– |
notBarred |
barred |
Serving cell becomes barred |
|
|
NOTE 1: Power level “Off” is defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.2-2. |
|||||
NOTE: If the UE fails the test because of a failure to detect and reselect to a right cell, then the operator may re-run the test.
Table 6.1.2.3.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.3.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.5 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 11? NOTE: The UE performs a registration for mobility procedure and the RRC connection is released. |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
|
3 |
SS changes NR Cell 11 SS/PBCH EPRE level and MIB IE cellBarred according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.3.3.2-1/2. And SS transmits Short Message on PDCCH addressed to P-RNTI using Short Message field in DCI format 1_0. Bit 1 of Short Message field is set to 1 to indicate the SysInfo Modification. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
4 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.5 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 1? NOTE: The RRC connection is released and UE is in RRC_IDLE mode. |
– |
– |
2 |
– |
6.1.2.3.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.3.3.3-1: SIB1 for NR Cells 1 and 11 (Preamble and all steps, table 6.1.2.3.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
q-RxLevMin |
-55 |
-110 dBm |
FR1 |
|
|
FFS |
FR2 |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.3.3.3-2: SIB2 for NR Cells 1 and 11 (Preamble and all steps, table 6.1.2.3.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
rangeToBestCell |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
|
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
q-RxLevMin |
-55 |
-110 dBm |
FR1 |
|
FFS |
FR2 |
||
|
t-ReselectionNR |
7 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.3.3.3-3: MIB for NR Cell 11 (step 3, Table 6.1.2.3.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-6 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
MIB ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellBarred |
barred |
|||
|
} |
||||
6.1.2.4 Cell reselection for interband operation
6.1.2.4.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell re-selection criteria are met for the cell on the different frequency band }
then { UE reselects the new cell }
}
6.1.2.4.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in TS 38.304: clause 5.2.3.2 and 5.2.4.5. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.3.2]
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
|
Srxlev > 0 AND Squal > 0 |
where:
|
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset )– Pcompensation – Qoffsettemp Squal = Qqualmeas – (Qqualmin + Qqualminoffset) – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Srxlev |
Cell selection RX level value (dB) |
|
Squal |
Cell selection quality value (dB) |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3] (dB) |
|
Qrxlevmeas |
Measured cell RX level value (RSRP) |
|
Qqualmeas |
Measured cell quality value (RSRQ) |
|
Qrxlevmin |
Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm). If the UE supports SUL frequency for this cell, Qrxlevmin is obtained from RxLevMinSUL, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell; else Qrxlevmin is obtained from q-RxLevMin in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if Qrxlevminoffsetcell is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qqualmin |
Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB). Additionally, if Qqualminoffsetcell is signalled for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to achieve the required minimum quality level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN, as specified in TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Qqualminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qqualmin taken into account in the Squal evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN, as specified in TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Pcompensation |
If the UE supports the additionalPmax in the NR-NS-PmaxList, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) – (min(PEMAX2, PPowerClass) – min(PEMAX1, PPowerClass)) (dB); else: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) (dB) |
|
PEMAX1, PEMAX2 |
Maximum TX power level of a UE may use when transmitting on the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX in TS 38.101 [15]. If UE supports SUL frequency for this cell, PEMAX1 and PEMAX2 are obtained from the p-Max for SUL in SIB1 and NR-NS-PmaxList for SUL respectively in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4 as specified in TS 38.331 [3], else PEMAX1 and PEMAX2 are obtained from the p-Max and NR-NS-PmaxList respectively in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4 for regular UL as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
|
PPowerClass |
Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the UE power class as defined in TS 38.101 [15] |
The signalled values Qrxlevminoffset and Qqualminoffset are only applied when a cell is evaluated for cell selection as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN (TS 23.122 [9]). During this periodic search for higher priority PLMN, the UE may check the S criteria of a cell using parameter values stored from a different cell of this higher priority PLMN.[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.5]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in subclause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
6.1.2.4.3 Test description
6.1.2.4.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 10.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1 is used in NR cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.4.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.4.3.2-1/2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the NR cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration "T0" indicates the initial conditions. Subsequent configurations marked "T1" is applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.4.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.4.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 10 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-78 |
NR Cell 10 become stronger than ThreshNR Cell 10, high. |
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.4.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 10 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
NR Cell 10 become stronger than ThreshNR Cell 10, high. |
|
Note: The uncertain downlink signal level is specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause FFS. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.4.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS changes NR Cell 10 SS/PBCH EPRE level according to the row "T1" in table 6.1.2. 4.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 34 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 10? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
6.1.2.4.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.4.3.3-1: Conditions for specific message contents in Tables below
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
NR Cell 1 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 1. |
|
NR Cell 10 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 10. |
Table 6.1.2.4.3.3-2: SIB2 of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell10 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.4.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE{ |
|||
|
cellReselectionPriority |
1 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
5 |
NR Cell 10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.4.3.3-3: SIB4 of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 10 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.4.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 10 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 10 |
||
|
t-ReselectionNR |
7 |
seconds |
|
|
threshX-HighP |
10 |
20 dB |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
1 |
NR Cell 10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.5 Cell reselection for interband operation using Pcompensation / Between FDD and TDD
6.1.2.5.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state on a FDD band }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell selection using Pcompensation & reselection criteria is met for the cell on a TDD band }
then { UE reselects the new cell }
}
6.1.2.5.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in TS 38.304: clause 5.2.3.2 and 5.2.4.5. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.3.2]
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
|
Srxlev > 0 AND Squal > 0 |
where:
|
Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Qrxlevmin + Qrxlevminoffset )– Pcompensation – Qoffsettemp Squal = Qqualmeas – (Qqualmin + Qqualminoffset) – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Srxlev |
Cell selection RX level value (dB) |
|
Squal |
Cell selection quality value (dB) |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3] (dB) |
|
Qrxlevmeas |
Measured cell RX level value (RSRP) |
|
Qqualmeas |
Measured cell quality value (RSRQ) |
|
Qrxlevmin |
Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm). If the UE supports SUL frequency for this cell, Qrxlevmin is obtained from RxLevMinSUL, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell; else Qrxlevmin is obtained from q-RxLevMin in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4, additionally, if Qrxlevminoffsetcell is present in SIB3 and SIB4 for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to the corresponding Qrxlevmin to achieve the required minimum RX level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qqualmin |
Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB). Additionally, if Qqualminoffsetcell is signalled for the concerned cell, this cell specific offset is added to achieve the required minimum quality level in the concerned cell. |
|
Qrxlevminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN, as specified in TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Qqualminoffset |
Offset to the signalled Qqualmin taken into account in the Squal evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN, as specified in TS 23.122 [9] |
|
Pcompensation |
If the UE supports the additionalPmax in the NR-NS-PmaxList, if present, in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) – (min(PEMAX2, PPowerClass) – min(PEMAX1, PPowerClass)) (dB); else: max(PEMAX1 –PPowerClass, 0) (dB) |
|
PEMAX1, PEMAX2 |
Maximum TX power level of a UE may use when transmitting on the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX in TS 38.101 [15]. If UE supports SUL frequency for this cell, PEMAX1 and PEMAX2 are obtained from the p-Max for SUL in SIB1 and NR-NS-PmaxList for SUL respectively in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4 as specified in TS 38.331 [3], else PEMAX1 and PEMAX2 are obtained from the p-Max and NR-NS-PmaxList respectively in SIB1, SIB2 and SIB4 for regular UL as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
|
PPowerClass |
Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the UE power class as defined in TS 38.101 [15] |
The signalled values Qrxlevminoffset and Qqualminoffset are only applied when a cell is evaluated for cell selection as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN (TS 23.122 [9]). During this periodic search for higher priority PLMN, the UE may check the S criteria of a cell using parameter values stored from a different cell of this higher priority PLMN.[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.5]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in subclause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
6.1.2.5.3 Test description
6.1.2.5.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 is set to NR FDD mode and NR Cell 10 is set to NR TDD mode.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1 is used in NR cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.5.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-1/2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the NR cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration "T0" indicates the initial conditions. Subsequent configuration marked "T1" is applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 10 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-80 |
NR Cell 1 become lower than Threshserving, low and NR Cell 10 become stronger than ThreshNR Cell 10, low. |
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 10 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
NR Cell 1 become lower than Threshserving, low and NR Cell 10 become stronger than ThreshNR Cell 10, low. |
|
Note: The uncertain downlink signal level is specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] section FFS. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS changes NR Cell 10 SS/PBCH EPRE level according to the row "T1" in table 6.1.2.5.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 34 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 10? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
6.1.2.5.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.5.3.3-1: Conditions for specific message contents in Tables below
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
NR Cell 1 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 1. |
|
NR Cell 10 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 10. |
Table 6.1.2.5.3.3-2: SIB1 of NR Cell 1 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
servingCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE{ |
|||
|
uplinkConfigCommon SEQUENCE{ |
|||
|
FrequencyInfoUL SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-Max |
33dBm |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.5.3.3-3: SIB2 of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell10 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE{ |
|||
|
threshServingLowP |
9 |
18 dB |
NR Cell 1 |
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
1 |
NR Cell 10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.5.3.3-4: SIB4 of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 10 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.5.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 10 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 10 |
||
|
p-Max |
33dBm |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
t-ReselectionNR |
7 |
seconds |
|
|
threshX-HighP |
14 |
28 dB |
|
|
threshX-LowP |
6 |
12 dB |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority |
1 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
5 |
NR Cell 10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.6 Void
6.1.2.7 Cell reselection / Equivalent PLMN
6.1.2.7.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE camped normally on a cell and network has downloaded a list of equivalent PLMNs during the Registration procedure}
ensure that {
when { a suitable neighbour cell on an equivalent PLMN becomes better ranked than the suitable Serving cell}
then { UE reselects to this equivalent PLMN cell}
}
(2)
with { UE camped normally on a cell and network has downloaded a list of equivalent PLMNs during the Registration procedure}
ensure that {
when { the Serving cell becomes unsuitable due to S<0 and a suitable cell exists on an equivalent PLMN}
then {UE reselects to this equivalent PLMN cell}
}
(3)
with { UE camped normally on a cell and network has downloaded a list of equivalent PLMNs during the Registration procedure}
ensure that {
when { the UE evaluates cells for reselection}
then { UE ignores suitable cells for which the UE has no reselection priority provided}
}
6.1.2.7.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present test case are specified in: TS 23.122, clause 4.4.3, TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.1]
The UE shall only perform cell reselection evaluation for NR frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies that are given in system information and for which the UE has a priority provided.
[TS 23.122, clause 4.4.3]
The Mobile Equipment stores a list of "equivalent PLMNs". This list is replaced or deleted at the end of each location update procedure, routing area update procedure, GPRS attach procedure, tracking area update procedure, EPS attach procedure, and registration procedure. The list is deleted by an MS attached for emergency bearer services after detach or registered for emergency services after deregistration. The stored list consists of a list of equivalent PLMNs as downloaded by the network plus the PLMN code of the registered PLMN that downloaded the list. All PLMNs in the stored list, in all access technologies supported by the PLMN, are regarded as equivalent to each other for PLMN selection, cell selection/re-selection and handover.
6.1.2.7.3 Test Description
6.1.2.7.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
Three inter-frequency multi-PLMN NR Cells as specified in TS 38.508-1 Table 4.4.2.1 are configured broadcasting PLMNs as indicated in Table 6.1.2.7.3.1-1.
The PLMNs are identified in the test by the identifiers in Table 6.1.2.7.3.1-1.
Table 6.1.2.7.3.1-1: PLMN identifiers
|
NR Cell |
PLMN name |
MCC |
MNC |
|
11 |
PLMN1 |
001 |
11 |
|
12 |
PLMN2 |
002 |
21 |
|
13 |
PLMN3 |
003 |
31 |
All NR cells are high quality.
All cells are suitable cells.
System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.3 is used in NR cells
UE:
The UE is in Automatic PLMN selection mode.
Preamble:
The UE is registered on PLMN1 (NR Cell 11) using the procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.5.2.2 except that the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message indicates PLMN3 in the Equivalent PLMN list as described in Table 6.1.2.7.3.3-1.
The UE is in state Registered, Idle Mode (State 1N-A) on NR Cell 11 according to 38.508-1 [4];
6.1.2.7.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-1 for FR1 and Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-2 for FR2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently in the Main behaviour. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.
Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-1: Cell configuration changes over time for FR1
|
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 11 |
NR Cell 12 |
NR Cell 13 |
Remarks |
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-78 |
-89 |
-100 |
All NR cells S>0 |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-115 |
-89 |
-100 |
NR Cell 11 S < 0 as described in TS 38.508-1 clause FFS |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-78 |
-100 |
-89 |
All NR cells S>0 |
|
Note 1: The default values (including “not present”) for all other parameters influencing cell reselection are suitable for this test. The values are defined in TS 38.508-1 clauses FFS. |
||||||
Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-2: Cell configuration changes over time for FR2
|
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 11 |
NR Cell 12 |
NR Cell 13 |
Remarks |
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
All NR cells S>0 |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
NR Cell 1 S < 0 as described in TS 38.508-1 clause FFS |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
All NR cells S>0 |
|
Note 1: The default values (including “not present”) for all other parameters influencing cell reselection are suitable for this test. The values are defined in TS 38.508-1 clauses FFS. |
||||||
Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCSetupRequest message within T seconds? (Note 1) |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
F |
|
2 |
SS adjusts cell levels according to row T1 of table 6.1.2.7.3.2-1 for FR1 (or table 6.1.2.7.3.2-2 for FR2) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 13? NOTE: The UE performs a " REGISTRATION REQUEST procedure with type "mobility registration updating” with PLMN1 and PLMN2 listed as an Equivalent PLMN in the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message; the RRC connection is released. |
– |
2 |
– |
|
|
4 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 12? NOTE: The UE performs a " REGISTRATION REQUEST procedure with type "mobility registration updating” with PLMN1 and PLMN3 listed as an Equivalent PLMN in the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message; the RRC connection is released. |
– |
1 |
– |
|
|
5 |
SS adjusts cell levels according to row T0 of table 6.1.2.7.3.2-1 for FR1 (or table 6.1.2.7.3.2-2 for FR2) |
– |
– |
– |
|
|
6 |
Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCSetupRequest message within T seconds? (Note 1) |
–> |
NR RRC RRCSetupRequest |
1,3 |
F |
|
7 |
SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 6.1.2.7.3.2-1 for FR1 (or table 6.1.2.7.3.2-2 for FR2) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
8 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 13? NOTE: The UE performs a " REGISTRATION REQUEST procedure with type "mobility registration updating” with PLMN1 and PLMN2 listed as an Equivalent PLMN in the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message; the RRC connection is released. (Note 2) |
– |
3 |
P |
|
|
Note 1: In Steps 1 and 6, wait T seconds to ensure that the UE has detected, measured and evaluated the neighbour inter-frequency NR cells is provided, see TS 38.133 clause 4.2.2.4, where in T = 100sec for FR1 and 300sec for FR2 Note 2: In Step 8, the UE moves to Cell 13 because no reselection priority is defined for Cell 1, see Table 6.1.2.7.3.3-4. |
|||||
6.1.2.7.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.7.3.3-1: REGISTRATION ACCEPT for NR Cell 11 (preamble)
|
Derivation path: TS 38.508-1 Table 4.7.1-7 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
Equivalent PLMNs |
PLMN3 |
||
Table 6.1.2.7.3.3-2: REGISTRATION ACCEPT for NR Cell 13 (step 3 and 18, Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-3)
|
Derivation path: TS 38.508-1 Table 4.7.1-7 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
Equivalent PLMNs |
PLMN1, 2 |
||
Table 6.1.2.7.3.3-3: REGISTRATION ACCEPT for NR Cell 12 (step 4, Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-3)
|
Derivation path: TS 38.508-1 Table 4.7.1-7 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
Equivalent PLMNs |
PLMN1, 3 |
||
Table 6.1.2.7.3.3-4: SystemInformationBlockType4 for Cell 12 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
2 entries |
n denotes the index of the entry |
|
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink EARFCN as used for Cell 11 |
||
|
cellReselectionPriority |
Not present |
UE does not have a priority for frequency of Cell 11 |
|
|
} |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink EARFCN as used for Cell 13 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
lateNonCriticalExtension |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.7.3.3-5: SystemInformationBlockType4 for Cell 13 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.7.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
2 entries |
n denotes the index of the entry |
|
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink EARFCN as used for Cell 11 |
||
|
cellReselectionPriority |
Not present |
UE does not have a priority for frequency of Cell 11 |
|
|
} |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink EARFCN as used for Cell 12 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
lateNonCriticalExtension |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.8 Cell reselection / Equivalent PLMN / Single Frequency operation
6.1.2.8.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE camped normally on a cell and network has downloaded a list of equivalent PLMNs during the Registration procedure }
ensure that {
when { a suitable neighbour cell on an equivalent PLMN becomes better ranked than the suitable Serving cell }
then { UE reselects to this equivalent PLMN cell }
}
(2)
with { UE camped normally on a cell and network has downloaded a list of equivalent PLMNs during the Registration procedure }
ensure that {
when { the Serving cell becomes unsuitable due to S<0 and a suitable cell exists on an equivalent PLMN }
then { UE reselects to this equivalent PLMN cell }
}
6.1.2.8.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in TS 38.304: clause 5.2.4.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.1]
The UE shall only perform cell reselection evaluation for NR frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies that are given in system information and for which the UE has a priority provided.
6.1.2.8.3 Test description
6.1.2.8.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– Three intra-frequency multi-PLMN cells.
– The PLMNs are identified in the test by the identifiers in Table 6.1.2.8.3.1-1.
– System information combination NR-3 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.3 is used in NR cells
Table 6.1.2.8.3.1-1: PLMN identifiers
|
Cell |
PLMN name |
|
1 |
PLMN1 |
|
2 |
PLMN2 |
|
4 |
PLMN3 |
– All cells are high quality.
– All cells are suitable cells.
UE:
– The UE is in Automatic PLMN selection mode.
Preamble:
– The UE is registered on PLMN1 (NR Cell 1) using the procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.5.2.2 except that the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message indicates PLMN3 in the Equivalent PLMN list as described in Table 6.1.2.8.3.3-1.
– The UE is in state Registered, Idle Mode (State 1N-A) on NR Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.8.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.8.3.2-1 for FR1 and Table 6.1.2.8.3.2-2 for FR2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently in the Main behaviour. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.
Table 6.1.2.8.3.2-1: Cell configuration changes over time for FR1
|
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 4 |
Remarks |
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-78 |
-84 |
-90 |
All NR cells S > 0 |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-115 |
-88 |
-82 |
NR Cell 1 S < 0 as described in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.2.1 |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-115 |
-82 |
-88 |
Table 6.1.2.8.3.2-2: Cell configuration changes over time for FR2
|
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 4 |
Remarks |
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
All NR cells S > 0 |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
NR Cell 1 S < 0 as described in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.2.2 |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
Table 6.1.2.8.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest within the next T seconds? NOTE: The wait period of T seconds is to ensure that the UE has detected, measured and evaluated the neighbour inter-frequency NR cells is provided, see TS 38.133[30] clause 4.2.2.4, where in T = 100sec for FR1 and 300sec for FR2. |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
F |
|
2 |
SS adjusts cell levels according to row T1 of table 6.1.2.8.3.2-1 for FR1 (or table 6.1.2.8.3.2-2 for FR2). |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] subclause 4.9.5 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 4? NOTE: The UE performs a Registration procedure for mobility registration update with PLMN1 and PLMN2 listed as an Equivalent PLMN in the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message. |
– |
– |
2 |
– |
|
4 |
SS adjusts cell levels according to row T2 of table 6.1.2.8.3.2-1 for FR1 (or table 6.1.2.8.3.2-2 for FR2). |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] subclause 4.9.5 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 2? NOTE: The UE performs a Registration procedure for mobility registration update with PLMN1 and PLMN3 listed as an Equivalent PLMN in the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message. |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
|
6 |
SS adjusts cell levels according to row T1 of table 6.1.2.8.3.2-1 for FR1 (or table 6.1.2.8.3.2-2 for FR2). |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
7 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] subclause 4.9.5 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 4, ‘connected without release‘? NOTE: The UE performs a Registration procedure for mobility registration update with PLMN1 and PLMN2 listed as an Equivalent PLMN in the REGISTRATION ACCEPT message. |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
6.1.2.8.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.8.3.3-1: REGISTRATION ACCEPT for NR Cell 1 (preamble)
|
Derivation path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.7.1-7 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
Equivalent PLMNs |
PLMN3 |
||
Table 6.1.2.8.3.3-2: REGISTRATION ACCEPT for NR Cell 4 (steps 3 & 7, Table 6.1.2.8.3.2-3)
|
Derivation path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.7.1-7 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
Equivalent PLMNs |
PLMN1, 2 |
||
|
Allowed NSSAI |
|||
|
S-NSSAI |
|||
|
Length of S-NSSAI contents |
‘0000 0010’B |
||
|
Mapped HPLMN SST |
Same as SST |
||
Table 6.1.2.8.3.3-3: REGISTRATION ACCEPT for NR Cell 2 (step 5, Table 6.1.2.8.3.2-3)
|
Derivation path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.7.1-7 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
Equivalent PLMNs |
PLMN1, 3 |
||
|
Allowed NSSAI |
|||
|
S-NSSAI |
|||
|
Length of S-NSSAI contents |
‘0000 0010’B |
||
|
Mapped HPLMN SST |
Same as SST |
||
6.1.2.9 Cell reselection using Qhyst, Qoffset and Treselection
6.1.2.9.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { Qhyst is non-zero or its value changes in system information }
then { UE reselects the highest ranked cell taking the actual Qhyst value into account }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility }
ensure that {
when { cell reselection criteria are fulfilled during a time interval Treselection }
then { UE reselects the highest ranked cell after the Treselection interval expires }
}
(3)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility }
ensure that {
when { Qoffset is non-zero or its value changes in system information }
then { UE reselects the highest ranked cell taking the actual Qoffset value into account }
}
6.1.2.9.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in TS 38.304: clause 5.2.4.6. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better than the serving cell according to the cell reselection criteria specified above during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
6.1.2.9.3 Test description
6.1.2.9.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 11.
– System information combination NR-3 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1 is used in NR cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.9.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the NR cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration "T0" indicates the initial conditions. Subsequent configurations marked "T1", "T2" and so on are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes For FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-88 |
Off |
NR Cell 2 becomes stronger than NR Cell 1 but NR Cell 1 remains the highest ranked one due to Qhysts NR Cell 1 |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-88 |
Off |
Qhysts NR Cell 1 change causes NR Cell 2 to become highest ranked cell |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-94 |
Off |
NR Cell 1 becomes the strongest and highest ranked one due to power adjustment |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-94 |
Off |
Qoffsets,n NR Cell1 change to 24dB, Qoffsets,n NR Cell 2 remains zero |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T5 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-88 |
Off |
NR Cell 1 becomes weaker but it remains the highest ranked one due to Qoffsets,n NR Cell 1 |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T6 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-88 |
Off |
NR Cell 2 becomes the highest ranked one due to Qoffsets,n NR Cell 1 change |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T7 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-94 |
Off |
NR Cell 1 becomes the highest ranked one |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T8 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
-94 |
TreselectionNR of NR Cell 1 change to 7S |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
7 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T9 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
Off |
-88 |
NR Cell 11 becomes the highest ranked one |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
7 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
||||||
Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes For FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
Off |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
Off |
NR Cell 2 becomes stronger than NR Cell 1 but NR Cell 1 remains the highest ranked one due to Qhysts NR Cell 1 |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
Off |
Qhysts NR Cell 1 change causes NR Cell 2 to become highest ranked cell |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
-91 |
Off |
NR Cell 1 becomes the strongest and highest ranked one due to power adjustment |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
-91 |
Off |
Qoffsets,n NR Cell1 change to 24dB, Qoffsets,n NR Cell 2 remains zero |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T5 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
Off |
NR Cell 1 becomes weaker but it remains the highest ranked one due to Qoffsets,n NR Cell 1 |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
24 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T6 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
Off |
NR Cell 2 becomes the highest ranked one due to Qoffsets,n NR Cell 1 change |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T7 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
-91 |
Off |
NR Cell 1 becomes the highest ranked one |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T8 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
Off |
-94 |
TreselectionNR of NR Cell 1 change to 7S |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
7 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
T9 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
Off |
-82 |
NR Cell 11 becomes the highest ranked one |
|
Qhysts |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
Qoffsets,n |
dB |
0 |
0 |
0 |
||
|
TreselectionNR |
S |
7 |
0 |
0 |
Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
SS re-adjusts the SSS levels according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
1A |
Wait for 34[FR1]/130[FR2] seconds, the SS transmits a Paging message on NR Cell 2. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Check: Does the UE send an NR: RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 2 within the next 10 seconds? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
F |
|
2A |
SS resets Qhysts NR Cell 1 according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2, The ValueTag of SIB2 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
SS notifies UE of the system information change on NR Cell 1 by send Short Message on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
4 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5A |
Wait for 8[FR1]/27[FR2] seconds. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 2? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
|
7 |
SS re-adjusts SSS levels according to rows "T3" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
8 |
Wait for 8[FR1]/27[FR2] seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9 |
The test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9A |
SS changes Qoffsets,n NR Cell 1 according to rows "T4" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2. The ValueTag of SIB3 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
10 |
SS notifies UE of the system information change on NR Cell 1 by send Short Message on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
11 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
12 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
13 |
SS re-adjusts SSS levels according to row "T5" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
14 |
Wait for 8[FR1]/27[FR2] seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
15 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is still camped on NR Cell 1? |
– |
– |
3 |
– |
|
15A |
SS resets Qoffsets,n NR Cell1 according to row "T6" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2, The ValueTag of SIB3 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
16 |
SS notifies UE of the system information change on NR Cell 1 by send Short Message on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
17 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
18 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
18A |
Wait for 8[FR1]/27[FR2] seconds. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
19 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 2? |
– |
– |
3 |
– |
|
20 |
SS re-adjusts SSS levels according to rows "T7" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
21 |
Wait for 8[FR1]/27[FR2] seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
22 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 1? |
– |
– |
3 |
– |
|
22A |
SS changes TreselectionNR Cell 1 according to rows "T8" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2, The ValueTag of SIB2 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
23 |
SS sends notification of the system information change on NR Cell 1 by send Short Message on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
24 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
25 |
SS re-adjusts cell power levels according to rows "T8" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
26 |
Wait for 34[FR1]/130[FR2] seconds to allow UE to detect Cell 11. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
27 |
SS re-adjusts SSS levels according to rows "T9" in table 6.1.2.9.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
28 |
Check: Does the UE send an NR: RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 11 within Timer=TreselectionNR from step 27? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
F |
|
29 |
SS waits for Timer=TreselectionNR Cell 1 expires after step 27 |
||||
|
30 |
Check: Does the UE send an NR: RRCsetupRequest on NR Cell 11? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
P |
|
31-34 |
Steps 2 to 5 of the generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 are performed on NR Cell 11. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
Note: The wait time at steps 2 and 26 is Tdetect,NR_Intra and at Steps 8,14 and 21 it is Tevaluate,NR_Intra (as per TS 38.133 [30], clause 4.2.2.3) plus the time to read the system information TSI-NR. |
|||||
6.1.2.9.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-1: SIB1 of NR Cell 1 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
si-SchedulingInfo |
SI-SchedulingInfo |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-2: SI-SchedulingInfo (si-SchedulingInfo in Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-1)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-173 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SI-SchedulingInfo ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
schedulingInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SchedulingInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
sib-MappingInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-TypeInfo { |
2 entries |
||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
Type[1] |
sibType2 |
||
|
valueTag[1] |
0 |
The value is increased by 1 in step 4 and step 24 |
|
|
} |
|||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
Type[2] |
sibType3 |
||
|
valueTag[2] |
0 |
The value is increased by 1 in step 11 and step 17 |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-3: SIB2 of NR Cell 1 (preamble, Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
q-Hyst |
dB24 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-4: SIB2 of NR Cell 1 (step 2A, Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
q-Hyst |
dB0 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-5: SIB3 of NR Cell 1 (step 9A, Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB3 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
intraFreqNeighCellList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo[1] SEQUENCE{ |
entry 1 |
||
|
q-OffsetCell |
dB24 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-6: SIB3 of NR Cell 1 (step 15A, Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB3 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
intraFreqNeighCellList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
q-OffsetCell |
dB0 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.9.3.3-7: SIB2 of NR Cell 1 (step 22A, Table 6.1.2.9.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
t-ReselectionNR |
7 |
seconds |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.10 Void
6.1.2.11 Area Specific SIBs using systemInformationAreaID
6.1.2.11.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE is in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { SIB1 does not include si-RequestConfig and si-BroadcastStatus set to notBroadcasting }
then { UE sends RRCSystemInfoRequest message and acquires the necessary SIBs }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR_RRC Idle State }
ensure that {
when { UE reselects to neighbor cell with same systemInformationAreaID and SIB1 does not include si-RequestConfig and si-BroadcastStatus set to notBroadcasting }
then { UE applies system information parameters of previous cell for reselection purposes }
}
6.1.2.11.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.4, 5.2.4.6 and 5.3.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.2]
Following rules are used by the UE to limit needed measurements:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SIntraSearchP and Squal > SIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform intra-frequency measurements.
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform intra-frequency measurements.
– The UE shall apply the following rules for NR inter-frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies which are indicated in system information and for which the UE has priority provided as defined in 5.2.4.1:
– For a NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequency with a reselection priority higher than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency, the UE shall perform measurements of higher priority NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequencies according to TS 38.133 [8].
– For a NR inter-frequency with an equal or lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency and for inter-RAT frequency with lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SnonIntraSearchP and Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority;
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority according to TS 38.133 [8].
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in clause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the strongest cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
[TS 38.331, clause 5.2.2.2.1]
The UE shall apply the SI acquisition procedure as defined in clause 5.2.2.3 upon cell selection (e.g. upon power on), cell-reselection, return from out of coverage, after reconfiguration with sync completion, after entering the network from another RAT, upon receiving an indication that the system information has changed, upon receiving a PWS notification; and whenever the UE does not have a valid version of a stored SIB.
When the UE acquires a MIB or a SIB1 or an SI message in a serving cell as described in clause 5.2.2.3, and if the UE stores the acquired SIB, then the UE shall store the associated areaScope, if present, the first PLMN-Identity in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList, the cellIdentity, the systemInformationAreaID, if present, and the valueTag, if present, as indicated in the si-SchedulingInfo for the SIB. The UE may use a valid stored version of the SI except MIB, SIB1, SIB6, SIB7 or SIB8 e.g. after cell re-selection, upon return from out of coverage or after the reception of SI change indication.
NOTE: The storage and management of the stored SIBs in addition to the SIBs valid for the current serving cell is left to UE implementation.
The UE shall:
1> delete any stored version of a SIB after 3 hours from the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid;
1> for each stored version of a SIB:
2> if the areaScope is associated and its value for the stored version of the SIB is the same as the value received in the si-SchedulingInfo for that SIB from the serving cell:
3> if the first PLMN-Identity included in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList, the systemInformationAreaID and the valueTag that are included in the si-SchedulingInfo for the SIB received from the serving cell are identical to the PLMN-Identity, the systemInformationAreaID and the valueTag associated with the stored version of that SIB:
4> consider the stored SIB as valid for the cell;
…
[TS 38.331, clause 5.2.2.3.3]
The UE shall:
…
1> else:
2> apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SIB1;
2> apply the CCCH configuration as specified in 9.1.1.2;
2> initiate transmission of the RRCSystemInfoRequest message in accordance with 5.2.2.3.4;
2> if acknowledgement for RRCSystemInfoRequest message is received from lower layers:
3> acquire the requested SI message(s) as defined in subclause 5.2.2.3.2, immediately;
….
[TS 38.331, clause 5.2.2.3.4]
The UE shall set the contents of RRCSystemInfoRequest message as follows:
1> set the requested-SI-List to indicate the SI message(s) that the UE requires to operate within the cell, and for which si-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting.
The UE shall submit the RRCSystemInfoRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
6.1.2.11.3 Test description
6.1.2.11.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 3 and NR Cell 6.
– System information combination NR-2 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR Cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1 according to 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.11.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration T0 indicates the initial conditions for preamble. Configurations marked "T1" and "T2" is applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 6 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-95 |
-80 |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNRCell3 > ThreshX, HighP |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-88 |
-80 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 3 < RNRCell 6 |
Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 6 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNRCell3 > ThreshX, HighP |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
FFS |
FFS |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 3 < RNRCell 6 |
Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
0 |
The SS changes SIB1 as specified as Table 6.1.2.11.3.3-1. Note: The sysinfo combination of NR cell 1 is changed to NR-4. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
0A |
The SS notifies the UE of change of System Information on NR Cell 1 by send Short Message on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
<– |
NR PDCCH (DCI 1_0): Short Message |
– |
– |
|
1 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
UE sends RRCSystemInfoRequest message to NR Cell 1 to request SIB4. |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSystemInfoRequest |
1 |
P |
|
– |
EXCEPTION: After receving RRCSystemInfoRequest message in step 2, the SS ignores the reception of subsequent RRCSystemInfoRequest. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
NR Cell 1 starts broadcasting SystemInformation message which including SIB4. |
<– |
NR RRC: SystemInformation |
– |
– |
|
3A |
The SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels and according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.11.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
4 |
Wait 34s to let UE to perform inter-frequency cell reselection to NR Cell 3 (Note 1). |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
4A |
Does the UE send RRCSystemInfoRequest message on NR Cell 3 to request SIB4 in the next 5s? |
2 |
F |
||
|
4B |
The test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
The SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels and according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.11.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
Void |
||||
|
6A |
Wait 34s to let UE to perform inter-frequency cell reselection to NR Cell 6.(Note 1) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
7 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 6? |
– |
– |
2 |
P |
|
Note 1: The wait time for cell reselection procedure is selected to cover Tdetect, NR_inter (32s) + TSI-NR (1280 ms) = 33.28s rounded up to 34s. |
|||||
6.1.2.11.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.11.3.3-1: SIB1 of NR cell 1 and NR cell 3 (All steps in Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 with Condition SIG AND FR1 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellSelectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
si-SchedulingInfo |
SI-SchedulingInfo-Area |
Table 6.1.2.11.3.3-2 |
||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.11.3.3-2: SI-SchedulingInfo-Area (Table 6.1.2.11.3.3-1)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-173 with Condition FR1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SI-SchedulingInfo ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
schedulingInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo { |
2 entries |
||
|
SchedulingInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
si-BroadcastStatus |
broadcasting |
||
|
si-Periodicity |
rf32 |
||
|
sib-MappingInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-TypeInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
type |
sibType2 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
SchedulingInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
si-BroadcastStatus |
not broadcasting |
||
|
si-Periodicity |
rf64 |
||
|
sib-MappingInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-TypeInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
type |
sibType4 |
||
|
valueTag |
0 |
||
|
areaScope |
true |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
systemInformationAreaID |
’0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011’B |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.11.3.3-3: RRCSystemInfoRequest (Step 2, Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-24 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
RRCSystemInfoRequest ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
criticalExtensions CHOICE { |
||||
|
rrcSystemInfoRequest-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
requested-SI-List |
01000000000000000000000000000000 |
Bit corresponds to SIB4 in schedulingInfoList |
||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.11.3.3-4: SystemInformation (Step 3, Table 6.1.2.11.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-29 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SystemInformation ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
criticalExtensions CHOICE { |
||||
|
systemInformation-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
sib-TypeAndInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { |
1 entry |
|||
|
SIB4 SEQUENCE { |
As per TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
2 entries |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
|||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink NR ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
|||
|
smtc |
SSB-MTC as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-185 with condition INTER-FREQ_ODD |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
|||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink NR ARFCN as used for NR Cell 6 |
|||
|
smtc |
SSB-MTC as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-185 with condition INTER-FREQ_ODD |
smtc of the inter-freq carrier for NR Cell 6 is calculated with respect to NR Cell 3 |
||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
6.1.2.12 Cell reselection using cell status and cell reservations / cellReservedForOtherUse
6.1.2.12.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE camped normally in state NR RRC_IDLE }
ensure that {
when { A higher ranked cell is found with cell status "true" for other use }
then { UE does not attempt to reselect to the higher ranked cell }
}
6.1.2.12.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.4, 5.2.4.6 and 5.3.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.4]
For the highest ranked cell (including serving cell) according to cell reselection criteria specified in subclause 5.2.4.6, for the best cell according to absolute priority reselection criteria specified in subclause 5.2.4.5, the UE shall check if the access is restricted according to the rules in subclause 5.3.1.
If that cell and other cells have to be excluded from the candidate list, as stated in subclause 5.3.1, the UE shall not consider these as candidates for cell reselection. This limitation shall be removed when the highest ranked cell changes.
If the highest ranked cell or best cell according to absolute priority reselection rules is an intra-frequency or inter-frequency cell which is not suitable due to being part of the "list of 5GS forbidden TAs for roaming" or belonging to a PLMN which is not indicated as being equivalent to the registered PLMN, the UE shall not consider this cell and other cells on the same frequency, as candidates for reselection for a maximum of 300 seconds. If the UE enters into state any cell selection, any limitation shall be removed. If the UE is redirected under NR control to a frequency for which the timer is running, any limitation on that frequency shall be removed.
If the highest ranked cell or best cell according to absolute priority reselection rules is an inter-RAT cell which is not suitable due to being part of the "list of forbidden TAs for roaming" or belonging to a PLMN which is not indicated as being equivalent to the registered PLMN, the UE shall not consider this cell and other cells on the same frequency, as candidates for reselection for a maximum of 300 seconds. If the UE enters into state any cell selection, any limitation shall be removed. If the UE is redirected under NR control to a frequency for which the timer is running, any limitation on that frequency shall be removed.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better than the serving cell according to the cell reselection criteria specified above during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1]
Cell status and cell reservations are indicated in the MIB or SIB1 message as specified in TS 38.331 [3] by means of three fields:
– cellBarred (IE type: "barred" or "not barred")
Indicated in MIB message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs
– cellReservedForOperatorUse (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is specified per PLMN.
– cellReservedForOtherUse (IE type: "true")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs.
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "not reserved" for operator use and not "true" for other use,
– All UEs shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and cell reselection procedures.
When cell status is indicated as "true" for other use,
– The UE shall treat this cell as if cell status is "barred".
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "reserved" for operator use for any PLMN and not "true" for other use,
– UEs assigned to Access Identity 11 or 15 operating in their HPLMN/EHPLMN shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and reselection procedures if the field cellReservedForOperatorUse for that PLMN set to "reserved".
– UEs assigned to an Access Identity 1, 2 and 12 to 14 shall behave as if the cell status is "barred" in case the cell is "reserved for operator use" for the registered PLMN or the selected PLMN.
NOTE 1: Access Identities 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN; Access Identities 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country as specified in TS 22.261 [12].
When cell status "barred" is indicated or to be treated as if the cell status is "barred",
– The UE is not permitted to select/reselect this cell, not even for emergency calls.
– The UE shall select another cell according to the following rule:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the MIB:
– the UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if the selection criteria are fulfilled.
– else:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the SIB1:
– The UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "allowed", the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if re-selection criteria are fulfilled;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "not allowed" the UE shall not re-select a cell on the same frequency as the barred cell;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell and the cells on the same frequency as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
The cell selection of another cell may also include a change of RAT.
6.1.2.12.3 Test description
6.1.2.12.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 in different tracking areas.
– System information combination NR-2 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR Cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1 according to 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.12.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.12.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration T0 indicates the initial conditions for preamble. Configurations marked "T1" is applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.12.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.12.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-80 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 11 |
|
cellReservedForOtherUse |
– |
– |
True |
Table 6.1.2.12.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 11 |
|
cellReservedForOtherUse |
– |
– |
True |
Table 6.1.2.12.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels and according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.12.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure on NR Cell 11 within the next 120s? |
– |
– |
1 |
F |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that check UE is in state NR RRC_IDLE on NR Cell 1? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
6.1.2.12.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.12.3.3-1: SIB1 for NR Cell 11 (Preamble, Table 6.1.2.12.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReservedForOtherUse |
true |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.13 Cell reselection using cell status and cell reservations / Access Identity 0, 1, 2 and 12 to 14 – cellReservedForOperatorUse
6.1.2.13.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE camped normally in state NR RRC_IDLE and UE fitted with a USIM with at least one of the following Access Identities set: 0,1,2,12,13,14}
ensure that {
when { a higher ranked cell is found "reserved" for Operator use }
then { UE does not attempt to reselect to the higher ranked cell }
}
6.1.2.13.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1]
Cell status and cell reservations are indicated in the MIB or SIB1 message as specified in TS 38.331 [3] by means of three fields:
– cellBarred (IE type: "barred" or "not barred")
Indicated in MIB message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs
– cellReservedForOperatorUse (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is specified per PLMN.
– cellReservedForOtherUse (IE type: "true")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs.
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "not reserved" for operator use and not "true" for other use,
– All UEs shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and cell reselection procedures.
When cell status is in+dicated as "true" for other use,
– The UE shall treat this cell as if cell status is "barred".
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "reserved" for operator use for any PLMN and not "true" for other use,
– UEs assigned to Access Identity 11 or 15 operating in their HPLMN/EHPLMN shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and reselection procedures if the field cellReservedForOperatorUse for that PLMN set to "reserved".
– UEs assigned to an Access Identity 0, 1, 2 and 12 to 14 shall behave as if the cell status is "barred" in case the cell is "reserved for operator use" for the registered PLMN or the selected PLMN.
NOTE 1: Access Identities 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN; Access Identities 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country as specified in TS 22.261 [12].
When cell status "barred" is indicated or to be treated as if the cell status is "barred",
– The UE is not permitted to select/reselect this cell, not even for emergency calls.
– The UE shall select another cell according to the following rule:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the MIB:
– the UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if the selection criteria are fulfilled.
– else:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the SIB1 or due to trackingAreaCode being absent in SIB1 as specified in TS 38.331 [3]:- The UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "allowed", the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if re-selection criteria are fulfilled;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "not allowed" the UE shall not re-select a cell on the same frequency as the barred cell;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell and the cells on the same frequency as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
The cell selection of another cell may also include a change of RAT.
6.1.2.13.3 Test description
6.1.2.13.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 12 with different tracking areas.
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 12 are HPLMN.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR Cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
– The UE switches off and then switches on.
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.13.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.13.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Configurations marked "T0" is applied for Preamble. Configurations marked "T1 is applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.13.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.13.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 12 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-80 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 12 |
|
cellReservedForOperatorUse |
– |
– |
Reserved |
Table 6.1.2.13.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 12 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 12 |
|
cellReservedForOperatorUse |
– |
– |
Reserved |
Table 6.1.2.13.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.13.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure on NR Cell 12 within the next 120s? |
– |
– |
1 |
F |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that check UE is in state NR RRC_IDLE on NR Cell 1? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
6.1.2.13.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.13.3.3-1: SIB1 for NR Cell 12 (Preamble, Table 6.1.2.13.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
plmn-IdentityList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity { |
1 entry |
||
|
PLMN-Identity[1] |
Set to the same PLMN-Identity with NR Cell 1 |
entry 1 |
|
|
cellReservedForOperatorUse |
Reserved |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.14 Cell reselection using cell status and cell reservations / Access Identity 11 or 15 – cellReservedForOperatorUse
6.1.2.14.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE camped normally in state NR RRC_IDLE operating in their HPLMN/EHPLMN and fitted with a USIM with access class11 or 15}
ensure that {
when { a higher ranked cell is found "reserved" for Operator use }
then { UE re-selects to the higher ranked cell }
}
6.1.2.14.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1]
Cell status and cell reservations are indicated in the MIB or SIB1 message as specified in TS 38.331 [3] by means of three fields:
– cellBarred (IE type: "barred" or "not barred")
Indicated in MIB message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs
– cellReservedForOperatorUse (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is specified per PLMN.
– cellReservedForOtherUse (IE type: "true")
Indicated in SIB1 message. In case of multiple PLMNs indicated in SIB1, this field is common for all PLMNs.
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "not reserved" for operator use and not "true" for other use,
– All UEs shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and cell reselection procedures.
When cell status is indicated as "true" for other use,
– The UE shall treat this cell as if cell status is "barred".
When cell status is indicated as "not barred" and "reserved" for operator use for any PLMN and not "true" for other use,
– UEs assigned to Access Identity 11 or 15 operating in their HPLMN/EHPLMN shall treat this cell as candidate during the cell selection and reselection procedures if the field cellReservedForOperatorUse for that PLMN set to "reserved".
– UEs assigned to an Access Identity 1, 2 and 12 to 14 shall behave as if the cell status is "barred" in case the cell is "reserved for operator use" for the registered PLMN or the selected PLMN.
NOTE 1: Access Identities 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN; Access Identities 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country as specified in TS 22.261 [12].
When cell status "barred" is indicated or to be treated as if the cell status is "barred",
– The UE is not permitted to select/reselect this cell, not even for emergency calls.
– The UE shall select another cell according to the following rule:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the MIB:
– the UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if the selection criteria are fulfilled.
– else:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the SIB1:
– The UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "allowed", the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if re-selection criteria are fulfilled;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– If the field intraFreqReselection in MIB message is set to "not allowed" the UE shall not re-select a cell on the same frequency as the barred cell;
– The UE shall exclude the barred cell and the cells on the same frequency as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
The cell selection of another cell may also include a change of RAT.
6.1.2.14.3 Test description
6.1.2.14.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 3 in different tracking areas.
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 3 are HPLMN.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR Cells.
UE:
– The UE is equipped with a USIM containing default values and USIM Configuration 17.
Preamble:
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.14.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.14.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Configurations marked "T0" is applied for Preamble. Configurations marked "T1 is applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.14.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.14.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-80 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 3 |
|
cellReservedForOperatorUse |
– |
– |
Reserved |
Table 6.1.2.14.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNRCell 1 < RNRCell 3 |
|
cellReservedForOperatorUse |
– |
– |
Reserved |
Table 6.1.2.14.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.14.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Check: Does the test result of test steps 1 to 5 of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
1 |
P |
6.1.2.14.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.14.3.3-1: SIB1 for NR Cell 3 (Preamble, Table 6.1.2.14.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
plmn-IdentityList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity { |
|||
|
cellReservedForOperatorUse |
Reserved |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.14.3.3-2: SERVICE REQUEST (Preamble, Table 6.1.2.14.3.2-3; step 4 ,Table 4.5.2.2-4, TS 38.508-1 [4])
|
Derivation Path: Table 4.7.1-16. |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
Service type |
‘0101’B |
high priority access |
||
6.1.2.15 Cell reselection in shared network environment
6.1.2.15.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { the UE is in NR RRC_Idle and registered on the HPLMN }
ensure that {
when { a cell of a different PLMN but shared with the HPLMN becomes highest ranked cell }
then { the UE reselects the cell shared with the HPLMN }
}
6.1.2.15.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 23.122, clause 4.4.3, and TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 23.122, clause 4.4.3]
The registration on the selected PLMN and the location registration are only necessary if the MS is capable of services which require registration. Otherwise, the PLMN selection procedures are performed without registration.
The ME shall utilise all the information stored in the SIM related to the PLMN selection; e.g. "HPLMN Selector with Access Technology", "User Controlled PLMN Selector with Access Technology", "Forbidden PLMNs", "Equivalent HPLMN", see 3GPP TS 31.102 [40].
The ME shall either utilise the "Operator controlled PLMN Selector with Access Technology" that it has stored locally on the ME, or the Operator controlled PLMN Selector with Access Technology" stored in the SIM, for the purposes of PLMN selection.
The "HPLMN Selector with Access Technology", "User Controlled PLMN Selector with Access Technology" and "Operator Controlled PLMN Selector with Access Technology" data files in the SIM include associated access technologies for each PLMN entry, see 3GPP TS 31.102 [40]. The PLMN/access technology combinations are listed in priority order. If an entry indicates more than one access technology, then no priority is defined for the access technologies within this entry and the priority applied to each access technology within this entry is an implementation issue. If no particular access technology is indicated in an entry, it shall be assumed that all access technologies supported by the ME apply to the entry. If an entry only indicates access technologies not supported by the ME, the entry shall be ignored. If an entry indicates at least one access technology supported by the ME, the entry shall be used in the PLMN selection procedures if the other criteria defined for the specific PLMN selection procedures are fulfilled.
The Mobile Equipment stores a list of "equivalent PLMNs". This list is replaced or deleted at the end of each location update procedure, routing area update procedure, GPRS attach procedure, tracking area update procedure, EPS attach procedure, and registration procedure. The list is deleted by an MS attached for emergency bearer services after detach or registered for emergency services after deregistration. The stored list consists of a list of equivalent PLMNs as downloaded by the network plus the PLMN code of the registered PLMN that downloaded the list. All PLMNs in the stored list, in all access technologies supported by the PLMN, are regarded as equivalent to each other for PLMN selection, cell selection/re-selection and handover.
When the MS reselects to a cell in a shared network, and the cell is a suitable cell for multiple PLMN identities received on the BCCH or on the EC-BCCH the AS indicates these multiple PLMN identities to the NAS according to 3GPP TS 44.018 [34], 3GPP TS 44.060 [39], 3GPP TS 25.304 [32] and 3GPP TS 36.304 [43]. The MS shall choose one of these PLMNs. If the registered PLMN is available among these PLMNs, the MS shall not choose a different PLMN.
The MS shall not use the PLMN codes contained in the "HPLMN Selector with Access Technology" data file.
It is possible for the home network operator to identify alternative Network IDs as the HPLMN. If the EHPLMN list is present, and not empty, the entries in the EHPLMN list are used in the network selection procedures. When attempting to select a network the highest priority EHPLMN that is available shall be selected. If the EHPLMN list is present and is empty or if the EHPLMN list is not present, the HPLMN derived from the IMSI is used for network selection procedures.
NOTE 1: The "HPLMN Selector with Access Technology" data file is only used by the MS to get the HPLMN access technologies related to the HPLMN code which corresponds to the PLMN code included in the IMSI if the EHPLMN list is not present or is empty. If the EHPLMN list is present then this data field is applicable to all the entries within the EHPLMN list.
NOTE 2: Different GSM frequency bands (e.g. 900, 1800, 1900, 400) are all considered GSM access technology. An MS supporting more than one band should scan all the bands it’s supports when scanning for GSM frequencies. However GSM COMPACT systems which use GSM frequency bands but with the CBPCCH broadcast channel are considered as a separate access technology from GSM.
NOTE 3: The inclusion of the HPLMN derived from the IMSI in the EHPLMN list is allowed. The priority of the HPLMN derived from the IMSI is given by its position in the EHPLMN list, see 3GPP TS 31.102 [40]
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
6.1.2.15.3 Test description
6.1.2.15.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 (HPLMN)
– NR Cell 11 (primary PLMN: same MCC like HPLMN but different MNC, secondary PLMN: HPLMN)
– System information combination NR-3 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.3 is used in NR Cells.
UE:
– None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1 according to 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1
6.1.2.15.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble. Configurations marked "T1" is applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-78 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNRCell 11 > SrxlevNRCell 1 |
Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
Off |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNRCell 11 > SrxlevNRCell 1 |
Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.1.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCSetupRequest message on NR Cell 11? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
P |
|
3 |
The SS transmits an RRCSetup message. |
<– |
NR RRC: RRCSetup |
– |
– |
|
4 |
Check; Does the UE transmit an RRCSetupComplete message indicating the HPLMN (second PLMN in the list)? Note: this message contains an REGISTRATION REQUEST message indicating "mobility registration updating" to update the registration of the actual tracking area according to default message contents. |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupComplete |
1 |
P |
|
5 – 7 |
Steps 4 to 6 of the registration procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 are performed on NR Cell 11. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
6.1.2.15.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.15.3.3-1: SIB1 for NR Cell 1 (Preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
plmn-IdentityList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity { |
||||
|
plmn-Identity[1] |
Set to the same Mobile Country Code and Mobile Network Code stored in EFIMSI on the test USIM card |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.15.3.3-2: SIB1 for NR Cell 11 (Preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
plmn-IdentityList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity { |
|||
|
plmn-Identity[1] |
Set to the same Mobile Country Code stored in EFIMSI on the test USIM, MNC=02 |
Same MCC like PLMN for NR Cell 1 but different MNC |
|
|
plmn-Identity[2] |
Set to the same Mobile Country Code and Mobile Network Code stored in EFIMSI on the test USIM card |
This is the same PLMN as NR Cell 1 |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.15.3.3-3: RRCSetupComplete (step 4, Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-22 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
RRCSetupComplete::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
criticalExtensions CHOICE { |
||||
|
rrcSetupComplete SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
selectedPLMN-Identity |
2 |
HPLMN |
||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
6.1.2.16 Inter-frequency cell reselection (equal priority)
6.1.2.16.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects both intra-frequency and equal priority inter-frequency neighbour cells and the inter-frequency cell is the highest ranked cell }
then { UE reselects the inter-frequency cell }
}
6.1.2.16.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
6.1.2.16.3 Test description
6.1.2.16.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 have different tracking areas.
– System information combination NR-5 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.3 is used in NR Cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1(according to 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.16.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.16.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble. Configurations marked "T1", "T2" and "T3" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.16.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.16.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-94 |
-78 |
The power level values are set so that RNRCell 2 < RNRCell 1 < R NRCell 3. |
Table 6.1.2.16.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
Table 6.1.2.16.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T0" in table 6.1.2.16.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
6.1.2.16.3.3 Specific message contents
None.
6.1.2.17 Cell reselection / Cell-specific reselection parameters provided by the network in a neighbouring cell list
6.1.2.17.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { the UE is in NR RRC_IDLE and SystemInformationBlockType3 contain a cell-specific Qoffset for a neighbour intra frequency cell }
ensure that {
when { the neighbour cell has lower power than the serving cell but it is higher ranked due to the cell-specific Qoffset }
then { the UE reselects the neighbour cell with cell-specific Qoffset }
}
(2)
with { the UE is in RRC_IDLE and SystemInformationBlockType3 contain a black listed cell }
ensure that {
when { a black listed intra-freq cell becomes higher ranked than the serving cell }
then { the UE remains camped on the serving cell }
}
6.1.2.17.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 3GPP TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
6.1.2.17.3 Test description
6.1.2.17.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4 in different tracking areas.
– System information combination NR-3 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.3 is used in NR Cells.
– NR Cell 1 is transmitting SIB3 according to specific message contents (Qoffset1,2 is -24dB).
– NR Cell 2 is transmitting SIB3 according to specific message contents (NR Cell 4 is on black list)
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in NR RRC Idle mode (state 1N-A) on NR Cell 1(according to 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.17.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cell at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble. Configurations marked "T1", "T2" and "T3" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.15.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.17.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 4 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
Off |
Only NR Cell 1 is on |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-94 |
Off |
NR Cell 2 has lower power but is higher ranked due to cell-specific Qoffset1,2 |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-94 |
Off |
|
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-94 |
-88 |
NR Cell 4 has higher power than NRCell 2 but is black listed |
Table 6.1.2.17.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 4 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
Off |
Off |
Only NR Cell 1 is on |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
-91 |
Off |
NR Cell 2 has lower power but is higher ranked due to cell-specific Qoffset1,2 |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-91 |
Off |
|
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-91 |
-82 |
NR Cell 4 has higher power than NRCell 2 but is black listed |
Table 6.1.2.17.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.17.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2-6 |
Check: Does the test result of test steps 1 to 5 of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 2? |
– |
– |
1 |
P |
|
7 |
The SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.17.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
8 |
Wait for 1 second to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9 |
The SS transmits an RRCRelease message to release RRC connection and move to RRC_IDLE. |
<– |
NR RRC: RRCRelease |
– |
– |
|
10 |
The SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T3" in table 6.1.2.17.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
11 |
Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure on NR Cell 4 within the next 120s? |
– |
– |
2 |
F |
6.1.2.17.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.17.3.3-1: SIB3 for NR Cell 1 (all steps, Table 6.1.2.17.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB3 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
intraFreqNeighCellList SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
physCellId |
The cell identity of NR Cell 2 defined in 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.2 |
||
|
q-OffsetCell |
dB-24 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.17.3.3-2: SIB3 for NR Cell 2 (all steps, Table 6.1.2.17.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/Remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB3 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
intraFreqBlackCellList SEQUENCE { |
1 entry |
||
|
start |
PhysicalCellID of NR Cell 4 |
||
|
range |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.18 Cell reselection, Sintrasearch, Snonintrasearch
6.1.2.18.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { Sintrasearch is non-zero in system information }
then { UE performs measurement and reselects the highest ranked cell upon Srxlev < Sintrasearch }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { Snonintrasearch is non-zero in system information }
then { UE perform measurement and reselects the cell which belong to the equal priority frequency cell upon Srxlev < Snonintrasearch }
}
(3)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { Snonintrasearch is non-zero in system information }
then { UE perform measurement and reselects the cell which belong to the high priority frequency cell upon Srxlev > Snonintrasearch }
}
6.1.2.18.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 38.304, clauses 5.2.4.1, 5.2.4.5 and 5.2.4.6.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.1]
Absolute priorities of different NR frequencies or inter-RAT frequencies may be provided to the UE in the system information, in the RRCRelease message, or by inheriting from another RAT at inter-RAT cell (re)selection. In the case of system information, an NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency may be listed without providing a priority (i.e. the field cellReselectionPriority is absent for that frequency). If priorities are provided in dedicated signalling, the UE shall ignore all the priorities provided in system information. If UE is in camped on any cell state, UE shall only apply the priorities provided by system information from current cell, and the UE preserves priorities provided by dedicated signalling and deprioritisationReq received in RRCRelease unless specified otherwise. When the UE in camped normally state, has only dedicated priorities other than for the current frequency, the UE shall consider the current frequency to be the lowest priority frequency (i.e. lower than any of the network configured values).
The UE shall only perform cell reselection evaluation for NR frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies that are given in system information and for which the UE has a priority provided.
In case UE receives RRCRelease with deprioritisationReq, UE shall consider current frequency and stored frequencies due to the previously received RRCRelease with deprioritisationReq or all the frequencies of NR to be the lowest priority frequency (i.e. lower than any of the network configured values) while T325 is running irrespective of camped RAT. The UE shall delete the stored deprioritisation request(s) when a PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS (TS 23.122 [9]).
NOTE: UE should search for a higher priority layer for cell reselection as soon as possible after the change of priority. The minimum related performance requirements specified in TS 38.133 [8] are still applicable.
The UE shall delete priorities provided by dedicated signalling when:
– the UE enters a different RRC state; or
– the optional validity time of dedicated priorities (T320) expires; or
– a PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS (TS 23.122 [9]).
NOTE 2: Equal priorities between RATs are not supported.
The UE shall not consider any black listed cells as candidate for cell reselection.
The UE shall inherit the priorities provided by dedicated signalling and the remaining validity time (i.e. T320 in NR and E-UTRA), if configured, at inter-RAT cell (re)selection.
NOTE 3: The network may assign dedicated cell reselection priorities for frequencies not configured by system information.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.5]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in clause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the strongest cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to clause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to clause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better than the serving cell according to the cell reselection criteria specified above during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
NOTE: If rangeToBestCell is configured but absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation is not configured on an NR frequency, the UE considers that there is one beam above the threshold for each cell on that frequency.
6.1.2.18.3 Test description
6.1.2.18.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.2-2 is used.
– NR Cell 1 uses System information combination NR-3 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1 is used in NR cells.
– NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 uses System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1 is used in NR cells.
UE:
– None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.18.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-1/2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the NR cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. Configurations marked "T1", "T2" and "T3" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.13.3.2-2.
Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-102 |
-94 |
-118 |
Srxlev of NR Cell 1 is less than Sintrasearch. |
|
SIntraSearch |
dB |
20 |
20 |
20 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
8 |
16 |
-8 |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-118 |
-102 |
-94 |
Srxlev of NR Cell 2 is less than Snonintrasearch. |
|
SnonIntraSearch |
dB |
20 |
20 |
20 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
-8 |
8 |
16 |
||
|
T3 |
SnonIntraSearch |
dB |
20 |
20 |
2 |
|
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-118 |
-88 |
Srxlev of NR Cell 3 is greater than Snonintrasearch but Cell 1 is high priority cell. |
|
Srxlev |
dB |
22 |
22 |
22 |
||
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
||||||
Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
Srxlev of NR Cell 1 is less than Sintrasearch. |
|
SIntraSearch |
dB |
20 |
20 |
20 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
Srxlev of NR Cell 2 is less than Snonintrasearch. |
|
SnonIntraSearch |
dB |
20 |
20 |
20 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
T3 |
SnonIntraSearch |
dB |
20 |
20 |
2 |
|
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
Srxlev of NR Cell 3 is greater than Snonintrasearch but Cell 1 is high priority cell. |
|
Srxlev |
dB |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
Note: The uncertain downlink signal level is specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] section FFS |
||||||
Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.18.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 34 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 2? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
|
4 |
The SS re-adjusts the SSS levels according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.18.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Wait for 34 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
2 |
– |
|
6A |
The SS changes the SnonIntraSearch for NR Cell 3 according to row "T3" in table 6.1.2.18.3.2-1/2, The ValueTag of SIB2 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 3. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
7 |
The SS notifies the UE of change of System Information on NR Cell 3 by sending Short Message on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
8 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect. |
– |
– |
– |
|
|
10 |
The SS re-adjusts the SSS levels according to row "T4" in table 6.1.2.18.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
11 |
Wait for 120 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
12 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 1? |
– |
– |
3 |
– |
6.1.2.18.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.18.3.3-1: Conditions for specific message contents in Tables below
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
NR Cell 1 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 1. |
|
NR Cell 2 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 2. |
|
NR Cell 3 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 3. |
Table 6.1.2.18.3.3-2: SIB2 of NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 (preabmle and all steps, Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
s-NonIntraSearch |
10 |
20 dB |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
1 |
NR Cell 2 and Cell 3 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
s-IntraSearchP |
10 |
20 dB |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.18.3.3-3: SIB4 of NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 (preabmle and all steps, Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 2 |
|
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
t-ReselectionNR |
1 |
||
|
threshX-HighP |
7 |
14 dBm |
NR Cell 3 |
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 3 |
|
|
1 |
NR Cell 2 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.18.3.3-4: SIB1 of NR Cell 3 (step 6A, Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
si-SchedulingInfo |
SI-SchedulingInfo |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.18.3.3-5: SI-SchedulingInfo (si-SchedulingInfo in Table 6.1.2.18.3.3-4)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-173 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SI-SchedulingInfo ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
schedulingInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SchedulingInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
sib-MappingInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-TypeInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
type |
sibType2 |
||
|
valueTag |
1 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.18.3.3-6: SIB2 of NR Cell 3 (step 6A, Table 6.1.2.18.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
s-NonIntraSearchP |
1 |
20 dB |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.19 Speed-dependent cell reselection
6.1.2.19.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state and in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell ranked as the best cell taking into account scaling factor }
then { UE reselects the new cell }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state and in medium mobility state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell ranked as the best cell taking into account scaling factor }
then { UE reselects the new cell }
}
6.1.2.19.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present test case are specified in: TS 38.304, clauses 5.2.4.3.0 and 5.2.4.3.1. TS 38.133, clause 4.2.2.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.3.0]
The UE mobility state is determined if the parameters (TCRmax, NCR_H, NCR_M and TCRmaxHyst) are broadcasted in system information for the serving cell.
State detection criteria:
…
Medium-mobility state criteria:
– If number of cell reselections during time period TCRmax is greater than or equal to NCR_M but less than or equal to NCR_H.
High-mobility state criteria:
– If number of cell reselections during time period TCRmax is greater than NCR_H.
The UE shall not consider consecutive reselections where a cell is reselected again right after one reselection for mobility state detection criteria.
State transitions:
The UE shall:
– if the criteria for High-mobility state is detected:
– enter High-mobility state.
– else if the criteria for Medium-mobility state is detected:
– enter Medium-mobility state.
…
If the UE is in High- or Medium-mobility state, the UE shall apply the speed dependent scaling rules as defined in subclause 5.2.4.3.1.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.3.1]
UE shall apply the following scaling rules:
– If neither Medium- nor High-mobility state is detected:
– no scaling is applied.
– If High-mobility state is detected:
– Add the sf-High of "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" to Qhyst if broadcasted in system information;
– For NR cells, multiply TreselectionNR by the sf-High of "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" if broadcasted in system information;
…
– If Medium-mobility state is detected:
– Add the sf-Medium of "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" to Qhyst if broadcasted in system information;
– For NR cells, multiply TreselectionNR by the sf-Medium of "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" if broadcasted in system information;
…
In case scaling is applied to any TreselectionRAT parameter, the UE shall round up the result after all scalings to the nearest second.
[TS 38.133, clause 4.2.2.3]
The UE shall be able to identify new intra-frequency cells and perform SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurements of the identified intra-frequency cells without an explicit intra-frequency neighbour list containing physical layer cell identities.
The UE shall be able to evaluate whether a newly detectable intra-frequency cell meets the reselection criteria defined in TS38.304 within Tdetect,NR_Intra when that Treselection= 0 . An intra frequency cell is considered to be detectable according to the conditions defined in Annex B.1.2 for a corresponding Band.
The UE shall measure SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ at least every Tmeasure,NR_Intra (see table 4.2.2.3-1) for intra-frequency cells that are identified and measured according to the measurement rules.
The UE shall filter SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurements of each measured intra-frequency cell using at least 2 measurements. Within the set of measurements used for the filtering, at least two measurements shall be spaced by at least Tmeasure,NR_Intra/2.
The UE shall not consider a NR neighbour cell in cell reselection, if it is indicated as not allowed in the measurement control system information of the serving cell.
For an intra-frequency cell that has been already detected, but that has not been reselected to, the filtering shall be such that the UE shall be capable of evaluating that the intra-frequency cell has met reselection criterion defined [1] within Tevaluate,NR_Intra when Treselection = 0 as specified in table 4.2.2.3-1 provided that:
– when rangeToBestCell is not configured, the cell has at least [3]dB in FR1 or [TBD]dB in FR2 better ranked or
– when rangeToBestCell is configured, the cell which has the highest number of beams above the threshold absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation among the cells whose cell-ranking criterion R value as specified in TS 38.304 [1, Section 5.2.4.6] is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the best cell where the best cell has at least [TBD] in FR1 or [TBD]dB in FR2 better ranked, and if there are multiple such cells the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them.
When evaluating cells for reselection, the SSB side conditions apply to both serving and non-serving intra-frequency cells.
If Treselection timer has a non-zero value and the intra-frequency cell is satisfied with the reselection criteria which are defined in TS38.304 [1], the UE shall evaluate this intra-frequency cell for the Treselection time. If this cell remains satisfied with the reselection criteria within this duration, then the UE shall reselect that cell.
Table 4.2.2.3-1: Tdetect,NR_Intra, Tmeasure,NR_Intra and Tevaluate,NR_Intra
|
DRX cycle length [s] |
Scaling Factor (N1) |
Tdetect,NR_Intra [s] (number of DRX cycles) |
Tmeasure,NR_Intra [s] (number of DRX cycles) |
Tevaluate,NR_Intra [s] (number of DRX cycles) |
|
|
FR1 |
FR2Note1 |
||||
|
0.32 |
1 |
[8] |
11.52 x N1 x M2 (36 x N1 x M2) |
1.28 x N1 x M2 (4 x N1 x M2) |
5.12 x N1 x M2 (16 x N1 x M2) |
|
0.64 |
[5] |
17.92 x N1 (28 x N1) |
1.28 x N1 (2 x N1) |
5.12 x N1 (8 x N1) |
|
|
1.28 |
[4] |
32 x N1 (25 x N1) |
1.28 x N1 (1 x N1) |
6.4 x N1 (5 x N1) |
|
|
2.56 |
[TBD] |
58.88 x N1 (23 x N1) |
2.56 x N1 (1 x N1) |
7.68 x N1 (3 x N1) |
|
|
Note 1: Applies for UE supporting power class 2&3&4. For UE supporting power class 1, N1 = [8] for all DRX cycle length. Note 2: M2 = 1.5 if SMTC periodicity of measured intra-frequency cell > 20 ms; otherwise M2=1. |
|||||
6.1.2.19.3 Test Description
6.1.2.19.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– 3 NR Cells: NR Cell 1, 2 and 4 as specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] table 4.4.2-3.
– System information combination NR-2 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.3 is used in NR cell.
UE:
– None.
Preamble:
– NR Cell 1 is set to "Serving Cell" and NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4 are set to non-suitable "Off" as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] table 6.2.2.1-3 for FR1 and table 6.2.2.2-2 for FR2.
– The UE is in NR RRC_IDLE state (state 1N-A with PDU session inactive) as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4], table 4.4A.2-1 on NR Cell 1.
6.1.2.19.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.19.3.2-1 and Table 6.1.2.19.3.2-2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.
Table 6.1.2.19.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 4 |
Remark |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-88 |
-94 |
NR Cell 2 becomes the highest ranked cell. |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-94 |
-88 |
NR Cell 4 becomes the highest ranked cell. |
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-94 |
-94 |
NR Cell 1 becomes the highest ranked cell. |
Table 6.1.2.19.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 4 |
Remark |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
NR Cell 2 becomes the highest ranked cell. |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
NR Cell 4 becomes the highest ranked cell. |
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
FFS |
NR Cell 1 becomes the highest ranked cell. |
Table 6.1.2.19.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS changes the power level setting according to the row "T1". |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 40s for FR1 or 136s for FR2 for the UE to perform cell reselection procedure. (Note 1, Note 5) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
The SS changes the power level setting according to the row "T2". |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
4 |
Wait for 14s for FR1 or 33s for FR2 for the UE to perform cell reselection procedure. (Note 2, Note 6) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
The SS changes the power level setting according to the row "T3". |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
Wait for 14s for FR1 or 33s for FR2 for the UE to perform cell reselection procedure. (Note 3, Note 6) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
7-8 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9 |
The SS changes the TAC of NR Cell 2 to 2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
10 |
The SS changes the power level setting according to the row "T1". |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
11 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 2 within 3s? (Note 7) |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
F |
|
12 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 2 within 6s for FR1 and 27s for FR2 after step 11? (Note 8, Note 9) |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
P |
|
13-17 |
Steps 2 to 6 of the mobility registration updating procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 are performed on NR Cell 2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
18 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
19 |
The SS changes the power level setting according to the row "T2". |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
20-25 |
Void |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
26 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 4 within 2s? (Note 12) |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
F |
|
27 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 4 within 7s for FR1 and 26s for FR2 after step 26? (Note 13) |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
P |
|
28-32 |
Steps 2 to 6 of the mobility registration updating procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.5.2.2-1 are performed on NR Cell 4. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
Note 1: NCR (number of cell reselection) is 1. Note 2: NCR is 2. Note 3: NCR is 3 and the UE enters medium mobility state because number of cell reselections during time period TCRmax equals NCR_M. Note 4: Void. Note 5: The wait time for reselection to a newly detected intra frequency cell is selected to cover Tdetect,NR_Intra(25*1280ms=32s for FR1 and 25*4*1280ms=128s for FR2) + Treselection (7s) + 320 ms system information block type scheduling = 39.32s rounded up to 40s for FR1 and 135.32s rounded up to 136s for FR2. Note 6: The wait time for reselection to an already detected intra frequency cell is selected to cover Tevaluate,NR_intra(6.4s for FR1 and 25.6 for FR2) + Treselection (7s) + 320 ms system information block type scheduling = 13.72s rounded up to 14s for FR1 and 32.92s rounded up to 33s for FR2. Note 7: The wait time for evaluating an intra-frequency cell is Treselection after scaling (3.5s). This wait time is rounded down to nearest second (i.e. 3s in this case). Note 8: The wait time for cell reselection procedure is selected to cover Tevaluate,NR_intra (6.4s for FR1 and 25.6 for FR2) + Treselection after scaling (7*0.5) + 320 ms system information block type scheduling = 10.22s rounded up to 11s for FR1 and 29.42s rounded up to 30s for FR2. The actual wait time is 6s which covers 9s – 3s (wait time in step 11) for FR1 and 27s which covers 30s – 3s (wait time in step 11) for FR2. Note 9: NCR is 4 and the UE enters high mobility state because number of cell reselections during time period TCRmax greater than NCR_H Note 10: Void. Note 11: Void. Note 12: The wait time for evaluating an intra-frequency cell is Treselection after scaling (2s). Note 13: The wait time for cell reselection procedure is selected to cover Tevaluate,NR_intra (6.4s for FR1 and 25.6 for FR2) + Treselection after scaling (7*0.25) + 320 ms system information block type scheduling = 8.47s rounded up to 9s for FR1 and 27.92s rounded up to 28s for FR2. The actual wait time is 7s which covers 9s – 2s (wait time in step 26) for FR1 and 26s which covers 28s – 2s (wait time in step 26) for FR2. |
|||||
6.1.2.19.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.19.3.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2 for NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2, and NR Cell 4 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.19.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
speedStateReselectionPars SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
MobilityStateParameters SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
t-Evaluation |
s240 |
||
|
t-HystNormal |
s240 |
||
|
n-CellChangeMedium |
3 |
||
|
n-CellChangeHigh |
3 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
q-HystSF SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
sf-Medium |
dB0 |
||
|
sf-High |
dB0 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
t-ReselectionNR |
7 |
||
|
t-ReselectionNR-SF SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
sf-Medium |
oDot50 |
||
|
sf-High |
oDot25 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.19.3.3-2: SystemInformationBlockType1 for NR Cell 4 (step 9, Table 6.1.2.19.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellAccessRelatedInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
PLMN-IdentityInfoList SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trackingAreaCode |
2 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.20 Inter-frequency cell reselection according to cell reselection priority provided by SIBs
6.1.2.20.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell re-selection criteria are met for the cell which belongs to the equal priority frequency }
then { UE reselects the cell which belongs to the equal priority frequency }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell re-selection criteria are met for the cell which belongs to the higher priority frequency }
then { UE reselects the cell which belongs to the higher priority frequency }
}
(3)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell re-selection criteria are met for the cell which belongs to the lower priority frequency }
then { UE reselects the cell which belongs to the lower priority frequency }
}
6.1.2.20.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in TS 38.304: clause 5.2.4.1, 5.2.4.2, 5.2.4.5 and 5.2.4.6. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.1]
Absolute priorities of different NR frequencies or inter-RAT frequencies may be provided to the UE in the system information, in the RRCRelease message, or by inheriting from another RAT at inter-RAT cell (re)selection. In the case of system information, an NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency may be listed without providing a priority (i.e. the field cellReselectionPriority is absent for that frequency). If priorities are provided in dedicated signalling, the UE shall ignore all the priorities provided in system information. If UE is in camped on any cell state, UE shall only apply the priorities provided by system information from current cell, and the UE preserves priorities provided by dedicated signalling and deprioritisationReq received in RRCRelease unless specified otherwise. When the UE in camped normally state, has only dedicated priorities other than for the current frequency, the UE shall consider the current frequency to be the lowest priority frequency (i.e. lower than any of the network configured values).
The UE shall only perform cell reselection evaluation for NR frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies that are given in system information and for which the UE has a priority provided.
In case UE receives RRCRelease with deprioritisationReq, UE shall consider current frequency and stored frequencies due to the previously received RRCRelease with deprioritisationReq or all the frequencies of NR to be the lowest priority frequency (i.e. lower than any of the network configured values) while T325 is running irrespective of camped RAT. The UE shall delete the stored deprioritisation request(s) when a PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS (TS 23.122 [9]).
NOTE: UE should search for a higher priority layer for cell reselection as soon as possible after the change of priority. The minimum related performance requirements specified in TS 38.133 [8] are still applicable.
The UE shall delete priorities provided by dedicated signalling when:
– the UE enters a different RRC state; or
– the optional validity time of dedicated priorities (T320) expires; or
– a PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS (TS 23.122 [9]).
NOTE 2: Equal priorities between RATs are not supported.
The UE shall not consider any black listed cells as candidate for cell reselection.
The UE shall inherit the priorities provided by dedicated signalling and the remaining validity time (i.e. T320 in NR and E-UTRA), if configured, at inter-RAT cell (re)selection.
NOTE 3: The network may assign dedicated cell reselection priorities for frequencies not configured by system information.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.2]
Following rules are used by the UE to limit needed measurements:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SIntraSearchP and Squal > SIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform intra-frequency measurements.
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform intra-frequency measurements.
– The UE shall apply the following rules for NR inter-frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies which are indicated in system information and for which the UE has priority provided as defined in 5.2.4.1:
– For a NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequency with a reselection priority higher than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency, the UE shall perform measurements of higher priority NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequencies according to TS 38.133 [8].
– For a NR inter-frequency with an equal or lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency and for inter-RAT frequency with lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SnonIntraSearchP and Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority;
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority according to TS 38.133 [8].
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.5]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in clause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better than the serving cell according to the cell reselection criteria specified above during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
6.1.2.20.3 Test description
6.1.2.20.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 3 and NR Cell 6.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1 is used in NR cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.20.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.20.3.2-1/2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the NR cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration "T0" indicates the initial conditions. Subsequent configurations marked "T1", "T2" and "T3" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.20.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.20.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 6 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-78 |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNR Cell 1 < RNR Cell 3. |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-78 |
-78 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 1 < 0 and SrxlevNR Cell 6 > ThreshNR Cell 6, high. |
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-78 |
-98 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 6 < Threshserving, low and SrxlevNR Cell 3 > ThreshNR Cell 3, low, SrxlevNR Cell 1< 0. |
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
||||||
Table 6.1.2.20.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 6 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
Off |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy RNR Cell 1 < RNR Cell 3. |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-82 |
-82 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 1 < 0 and SrxlevNR Cell 6 > ThreshNR Cell 6, high. |
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
Off |
-82 |
-100 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 6 < Threshserving, low and SrxlevNR Cell 3 > ThreshNR Cell 3, low, SrxlevNR Cell 1< 0. |
Table 6.1.2.20.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS changes NR Cell 3 SS PBCH SSS EPRE level according to the row "T1" in table 6.1.2.20.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 66[FR1]/258[FR2] seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
|
4 |
The SS changes NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 6 SSS levels according to the row "T2" in table 6.1.2.20.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Wait for 34[FR1]/130[FR2] seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 6? |
– |
– |
2 |
– |
|
7 |
The SS changes NR Cell 6 SSS level according to the row "T3" in table 6.1.2.20.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
8 |
Wait for 8[FR1]/27[FR2] seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
3 |
– |
|
Note: The wait time at steps 2 and 5 is Kcarrier*Tdetect,NR_Inter and at Step 8 it is Kcarrier*Tevaluate,NR_Inter (as per TS 38.133 [30], clause 4.2.2.4) plus the time to read the system information TSI-NR. |
|||||
6.1.2.20.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.20.3.3-1: Conditions for specific message contents in Tables below
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
NR Cell 1 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 1. |
|
NR Cell 3 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 3. |
|
NR Cell 6 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 6. |
Table 6.1.2.20.3.3-2: SIB2 of NR Cell 6 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.20.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
threshServingLowP |
10 |
20 dB |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.20.3.3-3: SIB4 of NR Cell 1, NR Cell 3 and NR Cell 6 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.20.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE SIZE (1..maxFreq) OF SEQUECNCE { |
2 entry |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq[1] |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 6 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 6 |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 6 |
||
|
threshX-HighP[1] |
10 |
20 dB |
NR Cell 3 and FR1 |
|
9 |
18 dB |
NR Cell 3 and FR2 |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority[1] |
5 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
5 |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq[2] |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority[2] |
4 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.21 Cell reselection, SIntraSearchQ and SnonIntraSearchQ
6.1.2.21.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { UE receives non-zero SIntraSearchQ in system information }
then { UE performs measurement and reselects the highest ranked cell upon Squal < SIntraSearchQ }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { UE receives non-zero SnonIntraSearchQ in system information }
then { UE performs measurement and reselects the cell which belongs to the equal priority frequency cell upon Squal < SnonIntraSearchQ }
}
(3)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state, and the UE is not in high mobility state }
ensure that {
when { UE receives non-zero SnonIntraSearchQ in system information }
then { UE performs measurement and reselects the cell which belongs to the high priority frequency cell upon Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ }
}
6.1.2.21.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in TS 38.304: clause 5.2.4.1, 5.2.4.2, 5.2.4.5, 5.2.4.6 and 5.2.4.7. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.1]
Absolute priorities of different NR frequencies or inter-RAT frequencies may be provided to the UE in the system information, in the RRCRelease message, or by inheriting from another RAT at inter-RAT cell (re)selection. In the case of system information, an NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency may be listed without providing a priority (i.e. the field cellReselectionPriority is absent for that frequency). If priorities are provided in dedicated signalling, the UE shall ignore all the priorities provided in system information. If UE is in camped on any cell state, UE shall only apply the priorities provided by system information from current cell, and the UE preserves priorities provided by dedicated signalling and deprioritisationReq received in RRCRelease unless specified otherwise. When the UE in camped normally state, has only dedicated priorities other than for the current frequency, the UE shall consider the current frequency to be the lowest priority frequency (i.e. lower than any of the network configured values).
The UE shall only perform cell reselection evaluation for NR frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies that are given in system information and for which the UE has a priority provided.
In case UE receives RRCRelease with deprioritisationReq, UE shall consider current frequency and stored frequencies due to the previously received RRCRelease with deprioritisationReq or all the frequencies of NR to be the lowest priority frequency (i.e. lower than any of the network configured values) while T325 is running irrespective of camped RAT. The UE shall delete the stored deprioritisation request(s) when a PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS (TS 23.122 [9]).
NOTE: UE should search for a higher priority layer for cell reselection as soon as possible after the change of priority. The minimum related performance requirements specified in TS 38.133 [8] are still applicable.
The UE shall delete priorities provided by dedicated signalling when:
– the UE enters a different RRC state; or
– the optional validity time of dedicated priorities (T320) expires; or
– a PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS (TS 23.122 [9]).
NOTE 2: Equal priorities between RATs are not supported.
The UE shall not consider any black listed cells as candidate for cell reselection.
The UE shall inherit the priorities provided by dedicated signalling and the remaining validity time (i.e. T320 in NR and E-UTRA), if configured, at inter-RAT cell (re)selection.
NOTE 3: The network may assign dedicated cell reselection priorities for frequencies not configured by system information.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.2]
Following rules are used by the UE to limit needed measurements:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SIntraSearchP and Squal > SIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform intra-frequency measurements.
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform intra-frequency measurements.
– The UE shall apply the following rules for NR inter-frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies which are indicated in system information and for which the UE has priority provided as defined in 5.2.4.1:
– For a NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequency with a reselection priority higher than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency, the UE shall perform measurements of higher priority NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequencies according to TS 38.133 [8].
– For a NR inter-frequency with an equal or lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency and for inter-RAT frequency with lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SnonIntraSearchP and Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority;
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority according to TS 38.133 [8].
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.5]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in clause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to subclause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better than the serving cell according to the cell reselection criteria specified above during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.7]
5.2.4.7.0 General reselection parameters
Cell reselection parameters are broadcast in system information and are read from the serving cell as follows:
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
This specifies minimum threshold of the beam which can be used for selection of the highest ranked cell, if rangeToBestCell is configured.
cellReselectionPriority
This specifies the absolute priority for NR frequency or E-UTRAN frequency.
cellReselectionSubPriority
This specifies the fractional priority value added to cellReselectionPriority for NR frequency or E-UTRAN frequency.
Qoffsets,n
This specifies the offset between the two cells.
Qoffsetfrequency
Frequency specific offset for equal priority NR frequencies.
Qhyst
This specifies the hysteresis value for ranking criteria.
Qoffsettemp
This specifies the additional offset to be used for cell selection and re-selection. It is temporarily used in case the RRC Connection Establishment fails on the cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3].
Qqualmin
This specifies the minimum required quality level in the cell in dB.
Qrxlevmin
This specifies the minimum required Rx level in the cell in dBm.
Qrxlevminoffsetcell
This specifies the cell specific Rx level offset in dB to Qrxlevmin.
Qqualminoffsetcell
This specifies the cell specific quality level offset in dB to Qqualmin.
rangeToBestCell
This specifies the R value range which the cells whose R value is within the range can be a candidate for the highest ranked cell.
TreselectionRAT
This specifies the cell reselection timer value. For each target NR frequency and for each RAT other than NR, a specific value for the cell reselection timer is defined, which is applicable when evaluating reselection within NR or towards other RAT (i.e. TreselectionRAT for NR is TreselectionNR, for E-UTRAN TreselectionEUTRA).
NOTE: TreselectionRAT is not broadcast in system information but used in reselection rules by the UE for each RAT.
TreselectionNR
This specifies the cell reselection timer value TreselectionRAT for NR. The parameter can be set per NR frequency as specified in TS 38.331 [3].
TreselectionEUTRA
This specifies the cell reselection timer value TreselectionRAT for E-UTRAN.
ThreshX, HighP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a higher priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshX, HighQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a higher priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshX, LowP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshX, LowQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshServing, LowP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) used by the UE on the serving cell when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency.
ThreshServing, LowQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) used by the UE on the serving cell when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency.
SIntraSearchP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) for intra-frequency measurements.
SIntraSearchQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) for intra-frequency measurements.
SnonIntraSearchP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) for NR inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements.
SnonIntraSearchQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) for NR inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements.
5.2.4.7.1 Speed dependent reselection parameters
Speed dependent reselection parameters are broadcast in system information and are read from the serving cell as follows:
TCRmax
This specifies the duration for evaluating allowed amount of cell reselection(s).
NCR_M
This specifies the maximum number of cell reselections to enter Medium-mobility state.
NCR_H
This specifies the maximum number of cell reselections to enter High-mobility state.
TCRmaxHyst
This specifies the additional time period before the UE can enter Normal-mobility state.
Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst
This specifies scaling factor for Qhyst in sf-High for High-mobility state and sf-Medium for Medium-mobility state.
Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR
This specifies scaling factor for TreselectionNR in sf-High for High-mobility state and sf-Medium for Medium-mobility state.
Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA
This specifies scaling factor for TreselectionEUTRA in sf-High for High-mobility state and sf-Medium for Medium-mobility state.
6.1.2.21.3 Test description
6.1.2.21.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3.
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 are configured to operate in FR1 bands as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1, and message contents defined in clause 4.6.1 and clause 4.6.2 with QBASED condition is used in NR cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.21.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the NR cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration "T0" indicates the initial conditions. Subsequent configurations marked "T1", "T2", "T3" and "T4" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-80 |
-118 |
Squal of NR Cell 1 is less than SIntraSearchQ. |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-13.78 |
-10.96 |
-34.81 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
-110 |
-110 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
SIntraSearchQ |
dB |
20 |
20 |
20 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-94 |
-94 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
16 |
30 |
-8 |
||
|
Squal |
dB |
6.22 |
9.04 |
-14.81 |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-118 |
-94 |
-80 |
Squal of NR Cell 2 is less than SnonIntraSearchQ. |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-34.81 |
-13.78 |
-10.96 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
-110 |
-110 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
SnonIntraSearchQ |
dB |
20 |
20 |
20 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-94 |
-94 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
-8 |
16 |
30 |
||
|
Squal |
dB |
-14.81 |
6.22 |
9.04 |
||
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-118 |
-118 |
-80 |
|
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-34.81 |
-34.81 |
-10.96 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
-110 |
-110 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
SnonIntraSearchQ |
dB |
20 |
20 |
2 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-94 |
-94 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
-8 |
-8 |
30 |
||
|
Squal |
dB |
-14.81 |
-14.81 |
9.04 |
||
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-80 |
-118 |
-80 |
Squal of NR Cell 3 is greater than SnonIntraSearchQ but NR Cell 1 is high priority cell. |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-10.96 |
-34.81 |
-10.96 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-110 |
-110 |
-110 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
SnonIntraSearchQ |
dB |
20 |
20 |
2 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-94 |
-94 |
||
|
Srxlev |
dB |
30 |
-8 |
30 |
||
|
Squal |
dB |
9.04 |
-14.81 |
9.04 |
||
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
||||||
Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-2: Void
Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE levels according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.21.3.2-1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 34 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 2? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
|
4 |
The SS re-adjusts the SSS levels according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.21.3.2-1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Wait for 34 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
2 |
– |
|
6A |
The SS re-adjusts the SSS levels according to row "T3" in table 6.1.2.21.3.2-1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
7 |
Void |
||||
|
8 |
The SS changes the SnonIntraSearchQ for NR Cell 3 according to row "T3" in table 6.1.2.21.3.2-1/2, The ValueTag of SIB2 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 3. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
8A |
The SS notifies the UE of change of System Information on NR Cell 3 by send Short Message on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
9 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
10 |
The SS re-adjusts the SSS levels according to row "T4" in table 6.1.2.21.3.2-1. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
11 |
Wait for 120 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
12 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 1? |
– |
– |
3 |
– |
6.1.2.21.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-1: Conditions for specific message contents in Tables below
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
NR Cell 1 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 1. |
|
NR Cell 2 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 2. |
|
NR Cell 3 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 3. |
Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-2: SIB2 of NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 (preabmle, Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
s-NonIntraSearchP |
0 |
0 dB |
|
|
s-NonIntraSearchQ |
20 |
20 dB |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
1 |
NR Cell 2 and Cell 3 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
s-IntraSearchP |
0 |
0 dB |
|
|
s-IntraSearchQ |
20 |
20 dB |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-3: SIB4 of NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 (preabmle and all steps, Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 2 |
|
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
t-ReselectionNR |
1 |
||
|
threshX-HighP |
7 |
14 dBm |
NR Cell 3 |
|
threshX-Q SEQUENCE { |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
threshX-HighQ |
20 |
||
|
threshX-LowQ |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 3 |
|
|
1 |
NR Cell 2 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-4: SIB1 of NR Cell 3 (step 8, Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
si-SchedulingInfo |
SI-SchedulingInfo |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-4a: SIB4 of NR Cell 3 (step 8, Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
threshX-Q SEQUENCE { |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
threshX-HighQ |
5 |
||
|
threshX-LowQ |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-5: SI-SchedulingInfo (si-SchedulingInfo in Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-4)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-173 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SI-SchedulingInfo ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
schedulingInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SchedulingInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
sib-MappingInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-TypeInfo { |
2 entries |
||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
type |
sibType2 |
||
|
valueTag |
1 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
type |
sibType4 |
||
|
valueTag |
1 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.21.3.3-6: SIB2 of NR Cell 3 (step 8, Table 6.1.2.21.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
s-NonIntraSearchQ |
2 |
2 dB |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.22 Inter-frequency cell reselection based on common priority information with parameters ThreshX, HighQ, ThreshX, LowQ and ThreshServing, LowQ
6.1.2.22.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell re-selection criteria are met for the cell which belongs to the higher priority frequency }
then { UE reselects the cell which belongs to the higher priority frequency }
}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { UE detects the cell re-selection criteria are met for the cell which belongs to the lower priority frequency }
then { UE reselects the cell which belongs to the lower priority frequency }
}
6.1.2.22.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in TS 38.304: clause 5.2.4.5, and 5.2.4.7. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.5]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in clause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.7]
5.2.4.7.0 General reselection parameters
Cell reselection parameters are broadcast in system information and are read from the serving cell as follows:
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
This specifies minimum threshold of the beam which can be used for selection of the highest ranked cell, if rangeToBestCell is configured.
cellReselectionPriority
This specifies the absolute priority for NR frequency or E-UTRAN frequency.
cellReselectionSubPriority
This specifies the fractional priority value added to cellReselectionPriority for NR frequency or E-UTRAN frequency.
Qoffsets,n
This specifies the offset between the two cells.
Qoffsetfrequency
Frequency specific offset for equal priority NR frequencies.
Qhyst
This specifies the hysteresis value for ranking criteria.
Qoffsettemp
This specifies the additional offset to be used for cell selection and re-selection. It is temporarily used in case the RRC Connection Establishment fails on the cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3].
Qqualmin
This specifies the minimum required quality level in the cell in dB.
Qrxlevmin
This specifies the minimum required Rx level in the cell in dBm.
Qrxlevminoffsetcell
This specifies the cell specific Rx level offset in dB to Qrxlevmin.
Qqualminoffsetcell
This specifies the cell specific quality level offset in dB to Qqualmin.
rangeToBestCell
This specifies the R value range which the cells whose R value is within the range can be a candidate for the highest ranked cell.
TreselectionRAT
This specifies the cell reselection timer value. For each target NR frequency and for each RAT other than NR, a specific value for the cell reselection timer is defined, which is applicable when evaluating reselection within NR or towards other RAT (i.e. TreselectionRAT for NR is TreselectionNR, for E-UTRAN TreselectionEUTRA).
NOTE: TreselectionRAT is not broadcast in system information but used in reselection rules by the UE for each RAT.
TreselectionNR
This specifies the cell reselection timer value TreselectionRAT for NR. The parameter can be set per NR frequency as specified in TS 38.331 [3].
TreselectionEUTRA
This specifies the cell reselection timer value TreselectionRAT for E-UTRAN.
ThreshX, HighP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a higher priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshX, HighQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a higher priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshX, LowP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshX, LowQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency than the current serving frequency. Each frequency of NR and E-UTRAN might have a specific threshold.
ThreshServing, LowP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) used by the UE on the serving cell when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency.
ThreshServing, LowQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) used by the UE on the serving cell when reselecting towards a lower priority RAT/ frequency.
SIntraSearchP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) for intra-frequency measurements.
SIntraSearchQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) for intra-frequency measurements.
SnonIntraSearchP
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) for NR inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements.
SnonIntraSearchQ
This specifies the Squal threshold (in dB) for NR inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements.
5.2.4.7.1 Speed dependent reselection parameters
Speed dependent reselection parameters are broadcast in system information and are read from the serving cell as follows:
TCRmax
This specifies the duration for evaluating allowed amount of cell reselection(s).
NCR_M
This specifies the maximum number of cell reselections to enter Medium-mobility state.
NCR_H
This specifies the maximum number of cell reselections to enter High-mobility state.
TCRmaxHyst
This specifies the additional time period before the UE can enter Normal-mobility state.
Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst
This specifies scaling factor for Qhyst in sf-High for High-mobility state and sf-Medium for Medium-mobility state.
Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR
This specifies scaling factor for TreselectionNR in sf-High for High-mobility state and sf-Medium for Medium-mobility state.
Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA
This specifies scaling factor for TreselectionEUTRA in sf-High for High-mobility state and sf-Medium for Medium-mobility state.
6.1.2.22.3 Test description
6.1.2.22.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 3.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.3.1.2-1, and message contents defined in clause 4.6.1 and clause 4.6.2 with QBASED condition is used in NR cells.
UE:
None.
Preamble:
– The UE is in state 1N-A on NR Cell 1(serving cell) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4A.2-1.
6.1.2.22.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-1/2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the NR cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration "T0" indicates the initial conditions. Subsequent configurations marked "T1" and "T2" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-88 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 1 > 0, SrxlevNR Cell 3 < ThreshNR Cell 3, highP, SqualNR Cell 1 > 0 and SqualNR Cell 3 > ThreshNR Cell 3, highQ. |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-10.76 |
-10.76 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-106 |
-106 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-145 |
-145 |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
-94 |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 3 > Threshserving, lowP and SqualNR Cell 1 > ThreshNR Cell 1, lowQ. But SqualNR Cell 3 is larger than Threshserving, lowQ |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
-10.76 |
-10.76 |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-106 |
-106 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
-145 |
-145 |
||
|
T3 |
threshServingLowQ |
dB |
4 |
26 |
The values are assigned to satisfy SqualNR Cell 3 < Threshserving, lowQ and SqualNR Cell 3 < ThreshNR Cell 3, highQ. |
|
threshX-HighQ |
dB |
20 |
– |
||
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
Remark |
|
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
Off |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 1 > 0, SrxlevNR Cell 3 < ThreshNR Cell 3, highP, SqualNR Cell 1 > 0 and SqualNR Cell 3 > ThreshNR Cell 3, highQ. |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-106 |
-106 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
The power level values are assigned to satisfy SrxlevNR Cell 3 > Threshserving, lowP and SqualNR Cell 1 > ThreshNR Cell 1, lowQ. But SqualNR Cell 3 is larger than Threshserving, lowQ |
|
RSRQ |
dB |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
Qqualmin |
dB |
-20 |
-20 |
||
|
Qrxlevmin |
dBm |
-106 |
-106 |
||
|
Noc |
dBm/SCS |
FFS |
FFS |
||
|
T3 |
threshServingLowQ |
dB |
4 |
26 |
The values are assigned to satisfy SqualNR Cell 3 < Threshserving, lowQ and SqualNR Cell 3 < ThreshNR Cell 3, highQ. |
|
threshX-HighQ |
dB |
20 |
– |
||
|
Note: The uncertain downlink signal level is specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] section FFS. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS changes NR Cell 3 SS/PBCH EPRE level according to the row "T1" in table 6.1.2.22.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 34 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
1 |
– |
|
4 |
The SS changes the SSS level according to the row "T2" in table 6.1.2.22.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
5 |
Wait for 8 seconds to allow UE to recognise the change. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
The SS transmits a Paging message on NR Cell 1. |
<– |
NR RRC: Paging |
– |
– |
|
6A |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 1 within the next 10s? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
F |
|
7 |
The SS changes threshServingLowQ of NR Cell 3 according to the row "T3" in table 6.1.2.22.3.2-1/2. The ValueTag of SIB2 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 3. The SS changes threshX-HighQ of NR Cell 1 according to the row "T3" in table 6.1.2.22.3.2-1/2. The ValueTag of SIB4 in the SI-SchedulingInfo of SIB1 is increased on NR Cell 1. The SS notifies the UE of change of System Information on NR Cell 3 and Cell 1 by send SM on PDCCH using P-RNTI. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
8 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.9.4.2.2-1 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 1? |
– |
– |
2 |
– |
6.1.2.22.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-1: Conditions for specific message contents in Tables below
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
NR Cell 1 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 1. |
|
NR Cell 3 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on NR Cell 3. |
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-2: SIB2 of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 3 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { |
1 entry |
||
|
threshServingLowP |
1 |
2 dB |
NR Cell 3 |
|
threshServingLowQ |
4 |
4 dB |
|
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 3 |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-3: SIB4 of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 3 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
q-RxLevMin |
-50 |
-100 dBm |
|
|
q-QualMin |
-20 |
-20 dB |
|
|
t-ReselectionNR |
1 |
||
|
threshX-HighP |
10 |
20 dBm |
NR Cell 1 |
|
threshX-Q SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
threshX-HighQ |
4 |
4 dB |
NR Cell 1 |
|
threshX-LowQ |
2 |
2 dB |
NR Cell 3 |
|
} |
|||
|
cellReselectionPriority |
5 |
NR Cell 1 |
|
|
4 |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-4: SIB1 of NR Cell 3 (step 7, Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
si-SchedulingInfo |
SI-SchedulingInfo |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-5: SI-SchedulingInfo (si-SchedulingInfo in Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-4)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-173 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SI-SchedulingInfo ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
schedulingInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SchedulingInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
sib-MappingInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-TypeInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
type |
sibType2 |
||
|
valueTag |
1 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-6: SIB2 of NR Cell 3 (step 7, Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB2::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { |
1 entry |
||
|
threshServingLowQ |
26 |
26 dB |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-7: SIB1 of NR Cell 1 (step 7, Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
si-SchedulingInfo |
SI-SchedulingInfo |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-8: SI-SchedulingInfo (si-SchedulingInfo in Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-7)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-173 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SI-SchedulingInfo ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
schedulingInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SchedulingInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
sib-MappingInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-TypeInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
SIB-TypeInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
type |
sibType4 |
||
|
valueTag |
1 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.22.3.3-9: SIB4 of NR Cell 1 (step 7, Table 6.1.2.22.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
interFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
||
|
threshX-Q SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
threshX-HighQ |
20 |
20dB |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.23 Cell reselection / MFBI
6.1.2.23.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(0)
with { UE is switched off }
ensure that {
when { UE is switched on a MFBI cell with the SIB1 of the first frequency band indicated in freqBandIndicator is not supported by UE and the second frequency band indicated in freqBandIndicator is supported by UE}
then { the UE selects the cell}
}
(1)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { an equal priority NG-RAN Intra-frequency neighbouring cell which has been included in the frequencyBandList provided by the serving cell becomes available, and, is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionNR, and, more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell }
then { the UE reselects the new cell}
(2)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { an equal priority NG-RAN Inter-frequency neighbouring cell which has been included in the frequencyBandList provided by the serving cell becomes available, and, is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionNR, and, more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell }
then { the UE reselects the new cell}
(3)
with { UE in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { an equal priority NG-RAN Inter-band neighbouring cell which has been included in the frequencyBandList provided by the serving cell becomes available, and, is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval TreselectionNR, and, more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell }
then { the UE reselects the new cell}
6.1.2.23.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.2, 5.2.4.5, 5.2.4.6 and TS 38.331, clause 5.2.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.2]
Following rules are used by the UE to limit needed measurements:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SIntraSearchP and Squal > SIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform intra-frequency measurements.
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform intra-frequency measurements.
– The UE shall apply the following rules for NR inter-frequencies and inter-RAT frequencies which are indicated in system information and for which the UE has priority provided as defined in 5.2.4.1:
– For a NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequency with a reselection priority higher than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency, the UE shall perform measurements of higher priority NR inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequencies according to TS 38.133 [8].
– For a NR inter-frequency with an equal or lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency and for inter-RAT frequency with lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current NR frequency:
– If the serving cell fulfils Srxlev > SnonIntraSearchP and Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ, the UE may choose not to perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority;
– Otherwise, the UE shall perform measurements of NR inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or lower priority according to TS 38.133 [8].
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.5]
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority NR or EUTRAN RAT/frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, HighQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– A cell of a higher priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, HighP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a cell on an equal priority NR frequency shall be based on ranking for intra-frequency cell reselection as defined in clause 5.2.4.6.
If threshServingLowQ is broadcast in system information and more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Squal < ThreshServing, LowQ and a cell of a lower priority NR or E-UTRAN RAT/ frequency fulfils Squal > ThreshX, LowQ during a time interval TreselectionRAT.
Otherwise, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority NR frequency or inter-RAT frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
– The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < ThreshServing, LowP and a cell of a lower priority RAT/ frequency fulfils Srxlev > ThreshX, LowP during a time interval TreselectionRAT; and
– More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
Cell reselection to a higher priority RAT/frequency shall take precedence over a lower priority RAT/frequency if multiple cells of different priorities fulfil the cell reselection criteria.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell as follows:
– If the highest-priority frequency is an NR frequency, the highest ranked cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria according to clause 5.2.4.6;
– If the highest-priority frequency is from another RAT, the strongest cell among the cells on the highest priority frequency(ies) meeting the criteria of that RAT.
[TS 38.304, clause 5.2.4.6]
The cell-ranking criterion Rs for serving cell and Rn for neighbouring cells is defined by:
|
Rs = Qmeas,s +Qhyst – Qoffsettemp Rn = Qmeas,n -Qoffset – Qoffsettemp |
where:
|
Qmeas |
RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections. |
|
Qoffset |
For intra-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to zero. For inter-frequency: Equals to Qoffsets,n plus Qoffsetfrequency, if Qoffsets,n is valid, otherwise this equals to Qoffsetfrequency. |
|
Qoffsettemp |
Offset temporarily applied to a cell as specified in TS 38.331 [3]. |
The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfil the cell selection criterion S, which is defined in 5.2.3.2.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above by deriving Qmeas,n and Qmeas,s and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP results.
If rangeToBestCell is not configured, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to clause 5.2.4.4.
If rangeToBestCell is configured, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to the cell with the highest number of beams above the threshold (i.e. absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation) among the cells whose R value is within rangeToBestCell of the R value of the highest ranked cell. If there are multiple such cells, the UE shall perform cell reselection to the highest ranked cell among them. If this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to clause 5.2.4.4.
In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions are met:
– the new cell is better than the serving cell according to the cell reselection criteria specified above during a time interval TreselectionRAT;
– more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
NOTE: If rangeToBestCell is configured but absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation is not configured on an NR frequency, the UE considers that there is one beam above the threshold for each cell on that frequency.
[TS 38.331, clause 5.2.2.4.2]
Upon receiving the SIB1 the UE shall:
1> store the acquired SIB1;
…
1> if in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is not running:
2> disregard the frequencyBandList, if received, while in RRC_CONNECTED;
2> forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
2> forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers;
2> apply the configuration included in the servingCellConfigCommon;
1> else:
2> if the UE supports one or more of the frequency bands indicated in the frequencyBandList for downlink, and one or more of the frequency bands indicated in the frequencyBandList for uplink for FDD, and they are not downlink only bands, and
2> if the UE supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NR-NS-PmaxList for a supported band in the downlink and a supported band in uplink for FDD, and
2> if the UE supports the bandwidth of the initial uplink BWP and of the initial downlink BWPs indicated in the locationAndBandwidth fields in uplinkConfigCommon:
3> select the first frequency band in the frequencyBandList which the UE supports and for which the UE supports at least one of the additionalSpectrumEmission values in nr-NS-PmaxList, if present;
3> forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
3> forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers;
3> forward the PLMN identity to upper layers;
…
2> else:
3> consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 38.304 [20]; and
3> perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to notAllowed;
6.1.2.23.3 Test description
6.1.2.23.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2, NR Cell 3 and NR Cell 10 are configured according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.2-3. NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 are MFBI capable cells.
– Cell 1 belongs to the frequency which overlaps between bands controlled by IXITs px_NR_OverlappingNotSupportedBand_MFBI and px_NR_PrimaryBand.
– Cell 10 is defined by IXIT px_NR_SecondaryBand.
– Cell 2 belongs to the frequency which overlaps between bands controlled by IXITs px_NR_OverlappingNotSupportedBand_MFBI and px_NR_PrimaryBand.
– Cell 3 belongs to the frequency which overlaps between bands controlled by IXITs px_NR_OverlappingNotSupportedBand_MFBI and px_NR_PrimaryBand.
– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR cells.
UE:
– UE does not support the px_NR_OverlappingNotSupportedBand_MFBI band.
Preamble:
– UE is in state Switched OFF (state 0N-B) according to 38.508-1 [4].
6.1.2.23.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-1/2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause. The configuration marked "T1", "T2", "T3", "T4" and "T5" are applied at the points indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-3.
Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 10 |
Remark |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
“Off” |
“Off” |
“Off” |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-94 |
-88 |
“Off” |
”Off” |
The power level values are set so that RCell 1 < RCell 2. |
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
"Off" |
-94 |
-80 |
“Off” |
The power level values are set so that RCell 1 < RCell 3. |
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
“Off” |
“Off” |
-94 |
-80 |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 10. |
|
T5 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-80 |
“Off” |
“Off” |
-94 |
The power level values are set so that RCell 10 < RCell 1. |
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
|||||||
Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 2 |
NR Cell 3 |
NR Cell 10 |
Remark |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
“Off” |
“Off” |
“Off” |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 1. |
|
T2 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-91 |
-82 |
“Off” |
”Off” |
The power level values are set so that RCell 1 < RCell 2. |
|
T3 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
“Off” |
-91 |
-82 |
“Off” |
The power level values are set so that RCell 1 < RCell 3. |
|
T4 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
“Off” |
“Off” |
-91 |
-82 |
The power level values are assigned to ensure the UE registered on NR Cell 10. |
|
T5 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
“Off” |
“Off” |
-91 |
The power level values are set so that RCell 10 < RCell 1. |
|
Note: Power level “Off” is defined in TS38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.2-2. |
|||||||
Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS changes the SS/PBCH EPRE level according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.23.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
The UE is switched on. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3-22a1 |
Steps 1 to 20a1 of the registration procedure described in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.5.2.2-2 are performed on NR Cell 1. |
– |
– |
0 |
P |
|
23 |
Wait 1 second. (to ensure than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
24 |
The SS changes the SS/PBCH EPRE level according to row "T2" in table 6.1.2.23.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
24A |
Wait for 34s for FR1 or 130s for FR2 for the UE to perform cell reselection procedure. (Note 1) |
||||
|
25 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.4 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 2? |
– |
– |
1 |
P |
|
26 |
Void |
||||
|
27 |
Void |
||||
|
28 |
Void |
||||
|
29-48a1 |
Void |
||||
|
49 |
The SS changes the SS/PBCH EPRE level according to row "T3" in table 6.1.2.23.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
50 |
Wait for 34s for FR1 or 130s for FR2 for the UE to perform cell reselection procedure. (Note 2) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
51 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.4 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 3? |
– |
– |
2 |
P |
|
52 |
Void |
||||
|
53 |
The SS changes the SS/PBCH EPRE level according to row "T4" in table 6.1.2.23.3.2-1/2 |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
54 |
Void |
||||
|
55-74a1 |
Void |
||||
|
75 |
Wait for 34s for FR1 or 130s for FR2 for the UE to perform cell reselection procedure. (Note 2) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
75A |
The test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.4 indicates that the UE is camped on NR Cell 10. |
||||
|
76 |
The SS changes the SS/PBCH EPRE level according to row "T5" in table 6.1.2.23.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
76A |
Wait for 34s for FR1 or 130s for FR2 for the UE to perform cell reselection procedure. (Note 2) |
||||
|
77 |
Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.4 indicate that the UE is camped on NR Cell 1 belonging to the MFBI band (px_NR_PrimaryBand)? |
– |
– |
3 |
P |
|
Note 1: The wait time for reselection to a newly detected intra frequency cell is selected to cover Tdetect,NR_Intra (25*1280ms=32s for FR1 and 25*4*1280ms=128s for FR2) + TSI-NR (11280ms= fo FR2 1.28s for FR1 and FR2) = 33.28s rounded up to 34s for FR1 and 129.28s rounded up to 130s for FR2. Note 2: The wait time for reselection to a newly detected inter frequency cell is selected to cover Tdetect,NR_Inter (25*1280ms=32s for FR1 and 25*4*1280ms=128s for FR2) + TSI-NR (1.28s for FR1 and FR2) = 33.28s rounded up to 34s for FR1 and 129.28s rounded up to 130s for FR2. |
|||||
6.1.2.23.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.23.3.3-1: Conditions for specific message contents in Table 6.1.2.23.3.3-4
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
Cell 3 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on Cell 3. |
|
Cell 10 |
This condition applies to system information transmitted on Cell 10. |
Table 6.1.2.23.3.3-2: SIB1 for NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 3 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB1::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
servingCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE{ |
|||
|
downlinkConfigCommon SEQUENCE{ |
|||
|
frequencyInfoDL SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
frequencyBandlist SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMultiBands)) OF NR-MultiBandInfo { |
2 entries |
||
|
NR-MultiBandInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
freqBandIndicatorNR |
An overlapping not supported frequency band MFBI under test (px_NR_OverlappingNotSupportedBand_MFBI). |
||
|
} |
|||
|
NR-MultiBandInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
freqBandIndicatorNR |
An overlapping Band under test (px_NR_PrimaryBand). |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
uplinkConfigCommon SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
frequencyInfoUL SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
frequencyBandlist SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMultiBands)) OF NR-MultiBandInfo { |
2 entries |
FDD |
|
|
NR-MultiBandInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
freqBandIndicatorNR |
An overlapping not supported frequency band MFBI under test (px_NR_OverlappingNotSupportedBand_MFBI). |
||
|
} |
|||
|
NR-MultiBandInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
freqBandIndicatorNR |
An overlapping Band under test (px_NR_PrimaryBand). |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
uplinkConfigCommon SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
frequencyInfoUL SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
frequencyBandlist SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMultiBands)) OF NR-MultiBandInfo { |
2 entries |
FDD |
|
|
NR-MultiBandInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
freqBandIndicatorNR |
An overlapping not supported frequency band MFBI under test (px_NR_OverlappingNotSupportedBand_MFBI). |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.23.3.3-3: SIB4 for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
2 entries |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[2] SEQUENCE { |
entry 2 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 3 |
||
|
frequencyBandlist SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
NR-MultiBandInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
freqBandIndicatorNR |
An overlapping Band under test (px_NR_PrimaryBand). |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 6.1.2.23.3.3-4: SIB4 for NR Cell 3 and NR Cell 10 (preamble and all steps, Table 6.1.2.23.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.2-3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
SIB4::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
dl-CarrierFreq |
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 10 |
|
|
Same downlink ARFCN as used for NR Cell 10 |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
frequencyBandList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo { |
1 entry |
||
|
NR-MultiBandInfo[1] SEQUENCE { |
entry 1 |
||
|
freqBandIndicatorNR |
An overlapping Band under test (px_NR_PrimaryBand) |
NR Cell 10 |
|
|
Band for interBand NR Cell 10 (px_NR_SecondaryBand). |
NR Cell 3 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
6.1.2.24
6.1.2.25
6.1.2.26 Cell Selection / RedCap
6.1.2.26.1 Test Purpose (TP)
(1)
with { UE supporting RedCap and in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils the requirements for a suitable cell except cell Barred status "true" for RedCap }
then { the UE considers the cell as barred and no camping on this cell can take place }
}
(2)
with { UE supporting RedCap and in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils the requirements for a suitable cell except intraFreqReselectionRedCap in SIB1 is absent }
then { the UE considers the cell as barred and no camping on this cell can take place }
}
(3)
with { UE supporting RedCap and in NR RRC_IDLE state }
ensure that {
when { a cell fulfils the requirements for a suitable cell except cell Barred status not "true" for RedCap }
then { the UE considers the cell suitable and camps on it }
}
6.1.2.26.2 Conformance requirements
References: The conformance requirements covered in the present test case are specified in: TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1 and TS 38.331 clause 5.2.2.4.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-17 requirements.
[TS 38.331, clause 5.2.2.4.2]
Upon receiving the SIB1 the UE shall:
1> store the acquired SIB1;
1> if the UE is a RedCap UE and it is in RRC_IDLE or in RRC_INACTIVE, or if the RedCap UE is in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2> if intraFreqReselectionRedCap is not present in SIB1:
3> consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 38.304 [20];
3> perform barring as if intraFreqReselectionRedCap is set to allowed;
2> else:
3> if the cellBarredRedCap1Rx is present in the acquired SIB1 and is set to barred and the UE is equipped with 1 Rx branch; or
3> if the cellBarredRedCap2Rx is present in the acquired SIB1 and is set to barred and the UE is equipped with 2 Rx branches; or
3> if the halfDuplexRedCapAllowed is not present in the acquired SIB1 and the UE supports only half-duplex FDD operation:
4> consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 38.304 [20];
4> perform barring based on intraFreqReselectionRedCap as specified in TS 38.304 [20];
[TS 38.304, clause 5.3.1]
When cell status "barred" is indicated for RedCap UEs with 1Rx/2Rx or to be treated as if the cell status is "barred",
– The UE is not permitted to select/reselect this cell, not even for emergency calls.
– The UE shall select another cell according to the following rule:
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to being unable to acquire the SIB1:
– the UE may exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for up to 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if the selection criteria are fulfilled.
– else:
– If the field intraFreqReselectionRedCap in SIB1 message is set to "allowed"; or
– If the cell is to be treated as if the cell status is "barred" due to not supporting RedCap UEs:
– the UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– the UE may select another cell on the same frequency if re-selection criteria are fulfilled.
– If the field intraFreqReselectionRedCap in SIB1 message is set to "not allowed":
– If the cell operates in licensed spectrum, or if this cell belongs to a PLMN which is indicated as being equivalent to the registered PLMN or the selected PLMN of the UE, or if this cell belongs to the registered SNPN or the selected SNPN of the UE:
– the UE shall not re-select to another cell on the same frequency as the barred cell and exclude such cell(s) as candidate(s) for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
– else:
– the UE may select to another cell on the same frequency if the reselection criteria are fulfilled.
– the UE shall exclude the barred cell as a candidate for cell selection/reselection for 300 seconds.
[TS 38.306, clause 4.2.21.1]
RedCap UE is the UE with reduced capability:
…
– For FR 1, 1 DL MIMO layer if 1 Rx branch is supported, and 2 DL MIMO layers if 2 Rx branches are supported; for FR2, either 1 or 2 DL MIMO layers can be supported, while 2 Rx branches are always supported. For FR1 and FR2, UE features and corresponding capabilities related to more than 2 UE Rx branches or more than 2 DL MIMO layers, as well as UE features and capabilities related to more than 2 UE Tx branches or more than 2 UL MIMO layers are not supported by RedCap UEs;
6.1.2.26.3 Test description
6.1.2.26.3.1 Pre-test conditions
System Simulator:
– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 have different tracking areas according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.4.2-3.
– System information combination NR-2 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR cells.
UE:
– None
Preamble:
– The UE is in 1N-A state on NR Cell 1 using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NR) and Test loop function(Off) according to TS 38.508-1 [4] and SS acquires the maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH reported in UEcapabilityInformation.(Note: maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH is not per-UE capability and UE may report different value in different BAND, so it is recommended to read the maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH directly through the UEcapabilityInformation not the pc_maxNumberMIMO_LayersPDSCH).
6.1.2.26.3.2 Test procedure sequence
Table6.1.2.26.3.2-1 for FR1 and table 6.1.2.26.3.2-2 for FR2 illustrate the downlink power levels to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently in the Main behaviour. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.
Table 6.1.2.26.3.2-1: Cell configuration changes over time for FR1
|
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-88 |
"Off" |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
"Off" |
-88 |
|
|
NOTE 1: Power level “Off” is defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.1-3. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.26.3.2-2: Cell configuration changes over time for FR2
|
|
Parameter |
Unit |
NR Cell 1 |
NR Cell 11 |
Remark |
|
T0 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
-82 |
"Off" |
|
|
T1 |
SS/PBCH SSS EPRE |
dBm/SCS |
"Off" |
-82 |
|
|
NOTE 1: Power level “Off” is defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 6.2.2.2-2. |
|||||
Table 6.1.2.26.3.2-3: Main behaviour
|
St |
Procedure |
Message Sequence |
TP |
Verdict |
|
|
U – S |
Message |
||||
|
1 |
The SS changes the SIB1 of NR Cell 11 to set cell Barred status to "true". |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
2 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect.(Note 1) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
3 |
SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 according to row "T1" in table 6.1.2.26.3.2-1/2. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
4 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 11 within the next 60 s? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
1 |
F |
|
5 |
The SS changes the SIB1 of NR Cell 11 to delete the configuration of cellBarredRedCap-r17 |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
6 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 11 after 300s from Step4? |
– |
– |
3 |
P |
|
7 |
Steps2-6a1 of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.9.5 on NR Cell 11. NOTE: The UE performs a registration for mobility procedure and the RRC connection is released. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
8 |
The SS changes the SIB1 of NR Cell 1 to set intraFreqReselectionRedCap to not present. |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
9 |
Wait for 2.1* modification period to allow the new system information to take effect.(Note 1) |
– |
– |
– |
– |
|
10 |
SS re-adjusts the SS/PBCH EPRE level of NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 11 according to row "T0" in table 6.1.2.26.3.2-1/2. |
||||
|
11 |
Check: Does the UE send an RRCSetupRequest on NR Cell 1 within the next 60 s? |
–> |
NR RRC: RRCSetupRequest |
2 |
F |
|
Note 1: The modification period, expressed in number of radio frames = modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. |
|||||
6.1.2.26.3.3 Specific message contents
Table 6.1.2.26.3.3.3-1: SIB1 for NR Cell 11 (step 1, Table 6.1.2.26.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
RedCap-ConfigCommonSIB-r17 SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellBarredRedCap-r17 SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellBarredRedCap1Rx-r17 |
Not Barred |
FR2 |
||
|
barred |
FR1 |
|||
|
cellBarredRedCap2Rx-r17 |
Not Barred |
|||
|
barred |
FR2 or 2DL_MIMO_layers |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
Condition |
Explanation |
|
2DL_MIMO_layers |
The maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH, SS acquired from UEcapabilityInformation, equals to two layer. |
Table 6.1.2.26.3.3.3-2: SIB1 for NR Cell 11 (step 5, Table 6.1.2.26.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
RedCap-ConfigCommonSIB-r17 SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
cellBarredRedCap-r17 |
Not Present |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 6.1.2.26.3.3.3-3: SIB1 for NR Cell 1 (step 8, Table 6.1.2.26.3.2-3)
|
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-28 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
intraFreqReselectionRedCap-r17 |
Not present |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||